SlideShare a Scribd company logo
C Sharp Programming
C Sharp Programming
                      http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C_Sharp_Programming
                         This Book Is Generated By WikiType
                                             using
                  RenderX DiType, XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter




Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU
  Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of
       the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".




                                       12 June 2008
C Sharp Programming



                                                                                                          Table of Contents
1. C Sharp Programming.........................................................12
        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        Language Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
        Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
        The .NET Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
        Advanced Object-Orientation Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
        Keywords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
        External links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2. Intro...............................................................................17
        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3. Basics.............................................................................18
        Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4. Structure.........................................................................19
        Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5. The .NET Framework..........................................................20
        The .NET Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     Console Programming.......................................................21
                  Console Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
                       Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
                       Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
                       Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
                       Command line arguments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
    Windows Forms..............................................................25
6. Advanced........................................................................26
        Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7. Index..............................................................................27
8. Foreword.........................................................................28


                                                                         -3-



                                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
        Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
        History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
9. Introduction......................................................................30
10. Naming..........................................................................33
        Reasoning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
        Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
             Namespace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
             Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
             Classes and Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
             Exception Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
             Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
             Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
             Properties and Public Member Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
             Parameters and Procedure-level Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
             Class-level Private and Protected Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
             Controls on Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
             Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
        Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
11. Syntax...........................................................................37
        Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
        Statement blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
        Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
        Case sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
12. Variables........................................................................41
        Fields, Local Variables, and Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
             Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
             Local variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
             Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42



                                                                         -4-



                                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



        Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
             Integral types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
             Custom types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
             Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
        Scope and extent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
13. Operators.......................................................................49
        Arithmetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
        Logical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
        Bitwise shifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
        Relational. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
        Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
        Short-hand Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
        Type information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
        Pointer manipulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
        Overflow exception control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
        Others. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
14. Data structures................................................................57
        Enumerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
        Structs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
        Arrays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
15. Control..........................................................................62
        Conditional statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
             The if statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
             The switch statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
        Iteration statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
             The do...while loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
             The for loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
             The foreach loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
             The while loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67



                                                                         -5-



                                                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



        Jump statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
16. Exceptions......................................................................69
             References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
17. Namespaces...................................................................72
        Nested namespaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
18. Classes.........................................................................75
        Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
        Constructors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
        Finalizers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
        Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        Indexers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
        Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
        Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
        Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
        Static classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
19. Objects..........................................................................83
        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
        Reference and Value Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
             System.Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
        Object basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
             Constructors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
             Destructors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
        Abstract Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
             Sub-heading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
20. Encapsulation..................................................................90
        Protection Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
             Private. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
             Protected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
             Public. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91



                                                                         -6-



                                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



             Internal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
21. NET Framework overview...................................................92
        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
        Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
22. Inheritance.....................................................................94
        Inheritance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
        Subtyping Inheritance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
        Inheritance keywords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
23. Interfaces.......................................................................97
        Additional Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
24. Delegates and Events......................................................100
        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
        Delegates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
        Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
25. Abstract classes.............................................................105
26. Partial classes................................................................108
        Partial Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
27. Collections....................................................................110
        Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
        LinkedLists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
        Queues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
        Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
        Dictionaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
28. Generics......................................................................112
        Generic Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        Generic Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
             Generic lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
             Generic linked lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
             Generic queues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117



                                                                         -7-



                                                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



             Generic stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
             Generic dictionaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
        Generic Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
        Generic Delegates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
        Generic Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
29. Object Lifetime...............................................................118
        Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
             Garbage Collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
             Managed Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
             Unmanaged Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
             Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
             Resource Acquisition Is Initialisation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
30. Design Patterns..............................................................123
        Table Of Contents (TOC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
             Factory Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
             Singleton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
31. abstract........................................................................128
32. as...............................................................................129
             See also. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
33. base............................................................................130
34. bool............................................................................132
35. break...........................................................................133
36. byte.............................................................................134
37. case............................................................................135
38. catch...........................................................................136
39. char............................................................................137
40. class...........................................................................138
41. const...........................................................................139
42. continue.......................................................................140


                                                                      -8-



                                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



43.   decimal........................................................................141
44.    default.........................................................................142
45.   delegate.......................................................................143
46.   do...............................................................................144
47.    double.........................................................................145
48.   else.............................................................................146
49.   enum...........................................................................148
50.   event...........................................................................149
51.   explicit.........................................................................150
            General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
            Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
52. extern..........................................................................152
53. false............................................................................154
54. finally...........................................................................155
55. fixed............................................................................156
56. float............................................................................157
57. for...............................................................................158
58. foreach........................................................................159
59. goto............................................................................160
60. if................................................................................161
61. implicit.........................................................................163
            General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
            Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
62.   in................................................................................165
63.   int...............................................................................166
64.    interface.......................................................................167
65.     internal........................................................................168
66.   is................................................................................169
67.     long............................................................................170


                                                                     -9-



                                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



68. namespace...................................................................171
69. new.............................................................................172
70. null.............................................................................173
71. object..........................................................................174
72. out..............................................................................175
73. override........................................................................176
74. params........................................................................177
75. private.........................................................................180
76. protected......................................................................181
77. public..........................................................................182
78. readonly.......................................................................183
79. ref..............................................................................184
80. return..........................................................................186
81. sbyte...........................................................................187
82. sealed.........................................................................188
83. short...........................................................................189
84. sizeof..........................................................................190
85. stackalloc......................................................................191
86. static...........................................................................192
87. string...........................................................................193
88. struct...........................................................................194
89. switch..........................................................................195
90. this.............................................................................196
91. throw...........................................................................197
92. true.............................................................................198
93. try...............................................................................199
94. typeof..........................................................................200
95. uint.............................................................................202
96. ulong...........................................................................203


                                            - 10 -



                                by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



97. unchecked....................................................................204
98. unsafe.........................................................................205
99. ushort..........................................................................206
100. using.........................................................................207
           The directive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
           The statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
101. virtual.........................................................................209
102. void...........................................................................210
103. volatile........................................................................211
104. while..........................................................................212
105. alias..........................................................................213
106. get............................................................................214
107. partial........................................................................215
108. set............................................................................216
109. value..........................................................................217
110. yield..........................................................................218
GNU Free Documentation License. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219




                                                                       - 11 -



                                                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




              C Sharp Programming

| Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note


     C# (pronounced "See Sharp") is a multi-purpose computer programming language suitable
for all development needs. This WikiBook introduces C# language fundamentals and covers a
variety of the base class libraries (BCL) provided by the Microsoft .NET Framework.



Introduction
      Main introduction: C Sharp Programming/Foreword

     Although C# is derived from the C programming language, it has features such as garbage
collection that allow beginners to become proficient in C# more quickly than in C or C++. Similar
to Java, it is object-oriented, comes with an extensive class library, and supports exception han-
dling, multiple types of polymorphism, and separation of interfaces from implementations. Those
features, combined with its powerful development tools, multi-platform support, and generics,
make C# a good choice for many types of software development projects: rapid application devel-
opment projects, projects implemented by individuals or large or small teams, Internet applica-
tions, and projects with strict reliability requirements. Testing frameworks such as NUnit make
C# amenable to test-driven development and thus a good language for use with Extreme Program-
ming (XP). Its strong typing helps to prevent many programming errors that are common in
weakly typed languages.

Foreword
     A description of the C# language and introduction to this Wikibook.




                                                - 12 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



Getting started with C#
     A simple C# program and where to get tools to compile it.



Language Basics
Naming conventions
    Quickly describes the generally accepted naming conventions for C#.

Basic syntax
     Describes the basics in how the applications you write will be interpreted.

Variables
     The entities used to store data of various shapes.

Operators
    Summarizes the operators, such as the '+' in addition, available in C#.

Data structures
     Enumerations, structs, and more.

Control statements
     Loops, conditions, and more. How the program flow is controlled.

Exceptions
     Responding to errors that can occur.



Classes
Namespaces
    Giving your code its own space to live in.

Classes
     The blueprints of objects that describes how they should work.




                                               - 13 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



Objects
     Cornerstones of any object-oriented programming language, objects are the tools you use
     to perform work.

Encapsulation and accessor levels
    Explains protection of object states by encapsulation.



The .NET Framework
.NET Framework Overview
    An overview of the .NET class library used in C#.

Console Programming
    Input and Output using the console.

Windows Forms
    GUI Programming with Windows Forms.



Advanced Object-Orientation Concepts
Inheritance
     Re-using existing code to improve or specialise the functionality of an object.

Interfaces
      Define a template, in which to base sub-classes from.

Delegates and Events
     Be informed about when an event happens and choose what method to call when it happens
     with delegates.

Abstract classes
     Build partially implemented classes.

Partial classes
     Split a class over several files to allow multiple users to develop, but also to stop code
     generators interfering with source code.



                                                - 14 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



Collections
     Effectively manage (add, remove, find, iterate, etc.) large sets of data.

Generics
    Allow commonly used collections and classes to appear to have specialisation for your
    custom class.

Object Lifetime
     Learn about the lifetime of objects, where they are allocated and learn about garbage collec-
     tion.

Design Patterns
     Learn commonly used design methodologies to simplify and/or improve your development
     framework.



Keywords




                                                - 15 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




External links
    •   Learning Visual C# in 5 minutes A simple tutorial that teaches you a few basics.
    •   A C# Tutorial starts from basics and gives source code.
    •   An Introduction to Mono Development by Andrew Troelsen
    •   Sharp Develop IDE : A free IDE for C#, VB.NET and Boo projects on Microsoft's
        .NET platform.
    •   Microsoft Visual C# Express Edition : A free development environment created by
        Microsoft for writing C# Applications.
    •   Mono Project : A C# Development Environment for Linux, Windows, and other plat-
        forms.
    •   Mono IDE : An GNOME based IDE for Mono on Linux platforms.
    •   C# Online.NET - free, wiki-based C# and .NET encyclopedia and forums
    •   C# Language Specification download page at ECMA
    •   C# Environment setup Visual C# environment setup details from MSDN
    •   C# FAQ C# FAQ, Blogs and Forums.
    •   Premium C# Tutorial - A collection of complete programming tutorials
    •   DotGNU Portable.NET - A CLI/.NET built in accordance with the requirements of the
        GNU Project capable of running C# programs on many platforms and architectures.
    •   .NET Book Zero by Charles Petzold - free downloadable book on C# and .NET
        framework by one of the world's foremost authorities on Windows programming,
        Charles Petzold.




                                            - 16 -



                                by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        Intro

C# Programming
Cover | | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



Introduction
Foreword
     A description of the C# and introduction to this Wikibook.

Getting started with C#
     A simple C# program and where to get tools to compile it.




                                              - 17 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      Basics

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



Basics
Basic syntax
     Describes the basics in how the applications you write will be interpreted.

Variables
     The entities used to store data of various shapes.

Operators
    Summarizes the operators, such as the '+' in addition, available in C#.

Data structures
     Enumerations, structs, and more.

Control statements
     Loops, conditions, and more. How the program flow is controlled.




                                               - 18 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                 Structure

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



Structure
Namespaces
    Giving your code its own space to live in.

Classes
     The blueprints of objects that describes how they should work.

Objects
     Cornerstones of any object-oriented programming language, objects are the tools you use
     to perform work.

Encapsulation and accessor levels
    Explains protection of object states by encapsulation.




                                              - 19 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




               The .NET Framework

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



The .NET Framework
.NET Framework Overview
    An overview of the .NET class library used in C#.

Console Programming
    Input and Output using the console.

Windows Forms
    GUI Programming with Windows Forms.




                                                - 20 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




             Console Programming

Console Programming

Output
    The example program below shows a couple of ways to output text:


using System;
public class HelloWorld
{
    public static void Main()
    {
        Console.WriteLine("Hello World!");                           // relies on "using
System;"
        Console.Write("This is");
        Console.Write("... my first program!n");
        System.Console.WriteLine("Goodbye World!");                  // no "using" statement
  required
    }
}



    The above code displays the following text:


Hello World!
This is... my first program!
Goodbye World!


     That text is output using the System.Console class. The using statement at the top allows
the compiler to find the Console class without specifying the System namespace each time it is
used.


                                              - 21 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     The middle lines use the Write() method, which does not automatically create a new line.
To specify a new line, we can use the sequence backslash-n ( n ). If for whatever reason we
wanted to really show the n character instead, we add a second backslash ( n ). The backslash
is known as the escape character in C# because it is not treated as a normal character, but allows
us to encode certain special characters (like a new line character).


Input
    Input can be gathered in a similar method to outputing data using the Read() and ReadLine
methods of that same System.Console class:


using System;
public class ExampleClass
{
   public static void Main()
   {
       Console.WriteLine("Greetings! What is your name?");
       Console.Write("My name is: ");
       string name = Console.ReadLine();
       Console.WriteLine("Nice to meet you, " + name);
       Console.Read();
   }
}



    The above program requests the user's name and displays it back. The final Console.Read()
waits for the user to enter a key before exiting the program.


Error
     The Error output is used to divert error specific messages to the console. To a novice user
this may seem fairly pointless, as this achieves the same as Output (as above). If you decide to
write an application that runs another application (for example a scheduler), you may wish to
monitor the output of that program - more specifically, you may only wish to be notified only of
the errors that occur. If you coded your program to write to the Console.Error stream whenever
an error occurred, you can tell your scheduler program to monitor this stream, and feedback any
information that is sent to it. Instead of the Console appearing with the Error messages, your
program may wish to log these to a file.



                                                - 22 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     You may wish to revisit this after studying Streams and after learning about the Process
class.


Command line arguments
     Command line arguments are values that are passed to a console program before execution.
For example, the Windows command prompt includes a copy command that takes two command
line arguments. The first argument is the original file and the second is the location or name for
the new copy. Custom console applications can have arguments as well.


using System;
public class ExampleClass
{
   public static void Main(string[] args)
   {
       Console.WriteLine("First Name: " + args[0]);
       Console.WriteLine("Last Name: " + args[1]);
       Console.Read();
   }
}



    If the program above code is compiled to a program called username.exe, it can be executed
from the command line using two arguments, e.g. "Bill" and "Gates":


C:>username.exe Bill Gates


     Notice how the Main() method above has a string array parameter. The program assumes
that there will be two arguments. That assumption makes the program unsafe. If it is run without
the expected number of command line arguments, it will crash when it attempts to access the
missing argument. To make the program more robust, we make we can check to see if the user
entered all the required arguments.


using System;
public class Test
{
   public static void Main(string[] args)
   {
       if(args.Length >= 1)



                                                - 23 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



            Console.WriteLine(args[0]);
        if(args.Length >= 2)
            Console.WriteLine(args[1]);
    }
}



     Try running the program with only entering your first name or no name at all. The
string.Length property returns the total number of arguments. If no arguments are given, it will
return zero.

     You are also able to group a single argument together by using the "" quote marks. This is
particularly useful if you are expecting many parameters, but there is a requirement for including
spaces (e.g. file locations, file names, full names etc)


using System;

class Test
{
   public static void Main(string[] args)
   {
      for(int index =0 ;index < args.Length; index++)
      {
         Console.WriteLine((index+1) + ": " + args[index]);
      }
   }
}



C:> Test.exe Separate words "grouped together"
1: Separate
2: words
3: grouped together




                                                - 24 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                       Windows Forms

    The System.Windows.Forms namespace allows us to create Windows applications easily.
The Form class is a particularly important part of that namespace because the form is the key
graphical building block of Windows applications. It provides the visual frame that holds buttons,
menus, icons, and title bars together. Integrated development environments (IDEs) like Visual
C# and SharpDevelop can help create graphical applications, but it is important to know how to
do so manually:


using System.Windows.Forms;
public class ExampleForm : Form               // inherits from System.Windows.Forms.Form

{
   public static void Main()
   {
       ExampleForm wikibooksForm = new ExampleForm();
       wikibooksForm.Text = "I Love Wikibooks";// specify title of the form
       wikibooksForm.Width = 400;             // width of the window in pix-
els
       wikibooksForm.Height = 300;             // height in pixels
       Application.Run(wikibooksForm);         // display the form
    }
}



     The example above creates a simple Window with the text "I Love Wikibooks" in the title
bar. Custom form classes like the example above inherit from the System.Windows.Forms.Form
class. Setting any of the properties Text, Width, and Height is optional. Your program will
compile and run successfully if you comment these lines out, but they allow us to add extra
control to our form.




                                                - 25 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                Advanced

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | | Index




C sharp musical note



Advanced
Inheritance
Interfaces
Abstract Classes
Partial Classes
Generics
Object Lifetime




                                               - 26 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       Index

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics |




C sharp musical note




                                              - 27 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                  Foreword

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     C# (pronounced "See Sharp") is a multi-purpose computer programming language suitable
for all development needs.



Introduction
     Although C# is derived from the C programming language, it has features such as garbage
collection that allow beginners to become proficient in C# more quickly than in C or C++. Similar
to Java, it is object-oriented, comes with an extensive class library, and supports exception han-
dling, multiple types of polymorphism, and separation of interfaces from implementations. Those
features, combined with its powerful development tools, multi-platform support, and generics,
make C# a good choice for many types of software development projects: rapid application devel-
opment projects, projects implemented by individuals or large or small teams, Internet applica-
tions, and projects with strict reliability requirements. Testing frameworks such as NUnit make
C# amenable to test-driven development and thus a good language for use with Extreme Program-
ming (XP). Its strong typing helps to prevent many programming errors that are common in
weakly typed languages.

    A large part of the power of C# (as with other .NET languages), comes with the common
.NET Framework API, which provides a large set of classes, including ones for encryption,
TCP/IP socket programming, and graphics. Developers can thus write part of an application in
C# and another part in another .NET language (e.g. VB .NET), keeping the tools, library, and
object-oriented development model while only having to learn the new language syntax.




                                                - 28 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    Because of the similarities between C# and the C family of languages, as well as Java, a
developer with a background in object-oriented languages like C++ may find C# structure and
syntax intuitive.



Standard
     Microsoft, with Anders Hejlsberg as Chief Engineer, created C# as part of their .NET initia-
tive and subsequently opened its specification via the ECMA. Thus, the language is open to imple-
mentation by other parties. Other implementations include Mono and DotGNU.

     C# and other .NET languages rely on an implementation of the virtual machine specified in
the Common Language Infrastructure, like Microsoft's Common Language Runtime (CLR). That
virtual machine manages memory, handles object references, and performs Just-In-Time (JIT)
compiling of Common Intermediate Language code. The virtual machine makes C# programs
safer than those that must manage their own memory and is one of the reasons .NET language
code is referred to as managed code. More like Java than C and C++, C# discourages explicit
use of pointers, which could otherwise allow software bugs to corrupt system memory and force
the operating system to halt the program forcibly with nondescript error messages.



History
    Microsoft's original plan was to create a rival to Java, named J++ but this was abandoned to
create C#, codenamed "Cool".

    Microsoft submitted C# to the ECMA standards group mid-2000.

    C# 2.0 was released in late-2005 as part of Microsoft's development suite, Visual Studio
2005. The 2.0 version of C# includes such new features as generics, partial classes, and iterators.

    [1][2]




                                                - 29 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                              Introduction

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     To compile your first C# application, you will need a copy of a .NET Framework SDK in-
stalled on your PC.

    There are two .NET frameworks available: Microsoft's and Mono's.

Microsoft
     For Windows, the .NET Framework SDK can be downloaded from Microsoft's .NET
     Framework Developer Center. If the default Windows directory (the directory where
     Windows or WinNT is installed) is C:WINDOWS, the .Net Framework SDK installation
     places the Visual C# .NET Compiler (csc) in the C:WINDOWSMicrosoft.NETFrame-
     workv1.0.3705 directory for version 1.0, the C:WINDOWSMicrosoft.NETFrame-
     workv1.1.4322 directory for version 1.1, or the C:WINDOWSMicrosoft.NETFrame-
     workv2.0.50727 directory for version 2.0.

Mono
    For Windows, Linux, or other Operating Systems, an installer can be downloaded from the
    Mono website.
    For Linux, a good compiler is cscc which can be downloaded for free from the DotGNU
    Portable.Net project page. The compiled programs can then be run with ilrun.

     If you are working on Windows it is a good idea to add the path to the folders that contain
cs.exe or mcs.exe to the Path environment variable so that you do not need to type the full path
each time you want to compile.

    For writing C#.NET code, there are plenty of editors that are available. It's entirely possible
to write C#.NET programs with a simple text editor, but it should be noted that this requires you



                                                - 30 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



to compile the code yourself. Microsoft offers a wide range of code editing programs under the
Visual Studio line that offer syntax highlighting as well as compiling and debugging capabilities.
Currently C#.NET can be compiled in Visual Studio 2002 and 2003 (only supports the .NET
Framework version 1.0 and 1.1) and Visual Studio 2005 (supports the .NET Framework 2.0 and
earlier versions with some tweaking). Microsoft offers , four of which cost money. The Visual
Studio C# Express Edition can be downloaded and used for free from Microsoft's website.

     The code below will demonstrate a C# program written in a simple text editor. Start by sav-
ing the following code to a text file called hello.cs:


using System;

namespace MyConsoleApplication
{
        class MyFirstClass
        {
                static void Main(string[] args)
                {
                        System.Console.WriteLine("Hello,");
                        Console.WriteLine("World!");

                              Console.ReadLine();
                    }
          }
}



    To compile hello.cs, run the following from the command line:

      •   For standard Microsoft installations of .NET 2.0, run C:WINDOWSMi-
          crosoft.NETFrameworkv2.0.50727csc.exe hello.cs
      •   For Mono run mcs hello.cs.
      •   For users of cscc, compile with "cscc -o <name>.exe <name>.cs".

    Doing so will produce hello.exe. The following command will run hello.exe:

      •   On Windows, use hello.exe.
      •   On Linux, use mono hello.exe or "ilrun <name>.exe".

    Alternatively, in Visual C# express, you could just hit F5 or the green play button to run the
code, even though that is for debugging.

    Running hello.exe will produce the following output:


                                                - 31 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Hello,
World!


    The program will then wait for you to strike 'enter' before returning to the command prompt.

      Note that the example above includes the System namespace via the using keyword. That
inclusion allows direct references to any member of the System namespace without specifying
its fully qualified name.

    The first call to the WriteLine method of the Console class uses a fully qualified reference.


System.Console.WriteLine("Hello,");


     The second call to that method shortens the reference to the Console class by taking advan-
tage of the fact that the System namespace is included (with using System).


Console.WriteLine("World!");


     C# is a fully object-oriented language. The following sections explain the syntax of the C#
language as a beginner's course for programming in the language. Note that much of the power
of the language comes from the classes provided with the .NET framework, which are not part
of the C# language syntax per se.




                                               - 32 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                     Naming

     This section will define the naming conventions that are generally accepted by the C# devel-
opment community. Some companies may define naming conventions that differ from this, but
that is done on an individual basis and is generally discouraged. Some of the objects discussed
in this section may be beyond the reader's knowledge at this point, but this section can be referred
back to later.



Reasoning
     Much of the naming standards are derived from Microsoft's .NET Framework libraries.
These standards have proven to make names readable and understandable "at a glance". By using
the correct conventions when naming objects, you ensure that other C# programmers who read
your code will easily understand what objects are without having to search your code for their
definition.



Conventions

Namespace
     Namespaces are named using Pascal Case with no underscores. This means the first letter
of every word in the name is capitalized. For example: MyNewNamespace. Also, note that Pascal
Case also denotes that acronyms of three or more letters should only have the first letter capital-
ized (MyXmlNamespace instead of MyXMLNamespace)




                                                - 33 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Assemblies
    If an assembly contains only one namespace, they should use the same name. Otherwise,
Assembles should follow the normal Pascal Case format.


Classes and Structures
    Pascal Case, no underscores or leading "C", "cls", or "I". Classes should not have the same
name as the namespace in which they reside. Any acronyms of three or more letters should be
pascal case, not all caps. Try to avoid abbreviations, and try to always use nouns.


Exception Classes
     Follow class naming conventions, but add Exception to the end of the name. In .Net 2.0, all
classes should inherit from the System.Exception base class, and not inherit from the System.Appli-
cationException.


Interfaces
     Follow class naming conventions, but start the name with "I" and capitalize the letter follow-
ing the "I". Example: IFoo The "I" prefix helps to differentiate between Interfaces and classes
and also to avoid name collisions.


Functions
    Pascal Case, no underscores except in the event handlers. Try to avoid abbreviations. Many
programmers have a nasty habit of overly abbreviating everything. This should be discouraged.


Properties and Public Member Variables
    Pascal Case, no underscores. Try to avoid abbreviations.




                                                - 34 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Parameters and Procedure-level Variables
     Camel Case. Try to avoid abbreviations. Camel Case is the same as Pascal case, but the first
letter of the first word is lowercased.


Class-level Private and Protected Variables
     Camel Case with a leading underscore. Always indicate 'Protected' or 'Private' in the declara-
tion. The leading underscore is the only controversial thing in this document. The leading charac-
ter helps to prevent name collisions in constructors (a parameter and a private variable have the
same name).


Controls on Forms
     Pascal Case with a prefix that identifies it as being part of the UI instead of a purely coded
control (ex. a temporary variable). Many developers use "ui" as the prefix followed by a descrip-
tive name such as "UserNameTextBox"


Constants
     Pascal Case. The use of SCREAMING_CAPS is discouraged. This is a large change from
earlier conventions. Most developers now realize that in using SCREAMING_CAPS they betray
more implementation than is necessary. A large portion of the .NET Framework Design Guide-
lines is dedicated to this discussion.



Example
    Here is an example of a class that uses all of these naming conventions combined.


using System;

namespace MyExampleNamespace
{



                                                - 35 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



       public class Customer : IDisposable
       {
               private string _customerName;
               public string CustomerName
               {
                       get
                       {
                               return _customerName;
                       }
                       set
                       {
                               _customerName = value;
                               _lastUpdated = DateTime.Now;
                       }
               }

              private DateTime _lastUpdated;

              public DateTime LastUpdated
              {
                      get
                      {
                              return _lastUpdated;
                      }
                      private set
                      {
                              _lastUpdated = value;
                      }
              }

              public void UpdateCustomer(string newName)
              {
                      if( !newName.Equals(customerName))
                      {
                              CustomerName = newName;
                      }
              }

              public void Dispose()
              {
                      //Do nothing
              }
       }
}




                                       - 36 -



                           by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       Syntax

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    C# syntax looks quite similar to the syntax of Java because both inherit much of their syntax
from C and C++. The object-oriented nature of C# requires the high-level structure of a C#
program to be defined in terms of classes, whose detailed behaviors are defined by their state-
ments.



Statements
     The basic unit of execution in a C# program is the statement. A statement can declare a
variable, define an expression, perform a simple action by calling a method, control the flow of
execution of other statements, create an object, or assign a value to a variable, property, or field.
Statements are usually terminated by a semicolon.

    Statements can be grouped into comma-separated statement lists or brace-enclosed statement
blocks.

    Examples:


int sampleVariable;                           // declaring a variable
sampleVariable = 5;                           // assigning a value
Method();                                     // calling an instance method
SampleClass sampleObject = new SampleClass(); // creating a new instance of
an object
sampleObject.ObjectMethod();                 // calling a member function of
 an object




                                                 - 37 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



// executing a "for" loop with an embedded "if" statement
for(int i = 0; i < upperLimit; i++)
{
    if (SampleClass.SampleStaticMethodReturningBoolean(i))
    {
        sum += sampleObject.SampleMethodReturningInteger(i);
    }
}




Statement blocks
     A series of statements surrounded by curly braces form a block of code. Among other purpos-
es, code blocks serve to limit the scope of variables defined within them. Code blocks can be
nested and often appear as the bodies of methods.


private void MyMethod(int value)
{ // This block of code is the body of "MyMethod()"

     // The 'value' integer parameter is accessible to everything in the method


   int methodLevelVariable; // This variable is accessible to everything in
the method

      if (value == 2)
      {
         // methodLevelVariable is still accessible here

         int limitedVariable; // This variable is only accessible to code in the
    if block

          DoSomeWork(limitedVariable);
      }

      // limitedVariable is no longer accessible here

}     // Here ends the code block for the body of "MyMethod()".




                                               - 38 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Comments
    Comments allow inline documentation of source code. The C# compiler ignores comments.
Three styles of comments are allowed in C#:

Single-line comments
     The "//" character sequence marks the following text as a single-line comment. Single-line
     comments, as one would expect, end at the first end-of-line following the "//" comment
     marker.

Multiple-line comments
     Comments can span multiple lines by using the multiple-line comment style. Such com-
     ments start with "/*" and end with "*/". The text between those multi-line comment markers
     is the comment.


          //This style of a comment is restricted to one line.
          /*
             This is another style of a comment.
             It allows multiple lines.
          */



XML Documentation-line comments
   This comment is used to generate XML documentation. Each line of the comment begins
   with "///".


          /// <summary> documentation here </summary>


      This is the most recommended type. Avoid using butterfly style comments. For example:


         //**************************
         // Butterfly style documentation comments like this are not recommend-
ed.
          //**************************




                                               - 39 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Case sensitivity
    C# is case-sensitive, including its variable and method names.

    The variables myInteger and MyInteger below are distinct because C# is case-sensitive:


int myInteger = 3;
int MyInteger = 5;



    For example, C# defines a class Console to handle most operations with the console window.
Writing the following code would result in a compiler error unless an object named console had
been previously defined.


// Compiler error!
 console.writeline("Hello");


    The following corrected code compiles as expected because it uses the correct case:


Console.WriteLine("Hello");




                                              - 40 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    Variables

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     Variables are used to store values. More technically, a variable binds an object (in the gener-
al sense of the term, i.e. a specific value) to an identifier (the variable's name) so that the object
can be accessed later. Variables can, for example, store a value for later use:


string name = "Dr. Jones";
Console.WriteLine("Good morning " + name);


      In this example "name" is the identifier and "Dr. Jones" is the value that we bound to it. Also,
each variable is declared with an explicit type. Only values whose types are compatible with the
variable's declared type can be bound to (stored in) the variable. In the above example we stored
"Dr. Jones" into a variable of the type string. This is a legal statement. However, if we had said
int name = "Dr. Jones", the compiler would have thrown an error telling us that you cannot implic-
itly convert between int and string. There are methods for doing this, but we will talk about them
later.



Fields, Local Variables, and Parameters
     C# supports several program elements corresponding to the general programming concept
of variable: fields, parameters, and local variables.




                                                 - 41 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Fields
     Fields, sometimes called class-level variables, are variables associated with classes or
structures. An instance variable is a field associated with an instance of the class or structure,
while a static variable, declared with the static keyword, is a field associated with the type itself.
Fields can also be associated with their class by making them constants (const), which requires
a declaration assignment of a constant value and prevents subsequent changes to the field.

   Each field has a visibility of public, protected, internal, protected internal, or private (from
most visible to least visible).


Local variables
     Like fields, local variables can optionally be constant (const). Constant local variables are
stored in the assembly data region, while non-constant local variables are stored (or referenced
from) the stack. They thus have both a scope and an extent of the method or statement block that
declares them.


Parameter
    Parameters are variables associated with a method.

     An in parameter may either have its value passed in from the callee to the method's environ-
ment, so that changes to the parameter by the method do not affect the value of the callee's vari-
able, or passed in by reference, so that changes to the variables will affect the value of the callee's
variable. Value types (int, double, string) are passed in "by value" while reference types (objects)
are passed in "by reference." Since this is the default for the C# compiler, it is not necessary to
use .

     An out parameter does not have its value copied, thus changes to the variable's value within
the method's environment directly affect the value from the callee's environment. Such a variable
is considered by the compiler to be unbound upon method entry, thus it is illegal to reference an
out parameter before assigning it a value. It also must be assigned by the method in each valid
(non-exceptional) code path through the method in order for the method to compile.

    A reference parameter is similar to an out parameter, except that it is bound before the
method call and it need not be assigned by the method.


                                                 - 42 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    A params parameter represents a variable number of parameters. If a method signature in-
cludes one, the params argument must be the last argument in the signature.


// Each pair of lines is what the definition of a method and a call of a
//   method with each of the parameters types would look like.
// In param:
void MethodOne(int param1) //definition
MethodOne(variable);          //call

// Out param:
void MethodTwo(out string message)              //definition
MethodTwo(out variable);                        //call

// Reference param;
void MethodThree(ref int someFlag)              //definition
MethodThree(ref theFlag)                        //call

// Params
void MethodFour(params string[] names)           //definition
MethodFour("Matthew", "Mark", "Luke", "John"); //call




Types
     Each type in C# is either a value type or a reference type. C# has several predefined ("built-
in") types and allows for declaration of custom value types and reference types.


Integral types
     Because the type system in C# is unified with other languages that are CLI-compliant, each
integral C# type is actually an alias for a corresponding type in the .NET framework. Although
the names of the aliases vary between .NET languages, the underlying types in the .NET frame-
work remain the same. Thus, objects created in assemblies written in other languages of the .NET
Framework can be bound to C# variables of any type to which the value can be converted, per
the conversion rules below. The following illustrates the cross-language compatibility of types
by comparing C# code with the equivalent Visual Basic .NET code:


// C#
 public void UsingCSharpTypeAlias()
 {


                                                - 43 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



   int i = 42;
 }
 public void EquivalentCodeWithoutAlias()
 {
   System.Int32 i = 42;
 }



' Visual Basic .NET
 Public Sub UsingVisualBasicTypeAlias()
   Dim i As Integer = 42
 End Sub
 Public Sub EquivalentCodeWithoutAlias()
   Dim i As System.Int32 = 42
 End Sub


     Using the language-specific type aliases is often considered more readable than using the
fully-qualified .NET Framework type names.

     The fact that each C# type corresponds to a type in the unified type system gives each value
type a consistent size across platforms and compilers. That consistency is an important distinction
from other languages such as C, where, e.g. a long is only guaranteed to be at least as large as
an int, and is implemented with different sizes by different compilers. As reference types, vari-
ables of types derived from object (i.e. any class) are exempt from the consistent size require-
ment. That is, the size of reference types like System.IntPtr, as opposed to value types like Sys-
tem.Int, may vary by platform. Fortunately, there is rarely a need to know the actual size of a
reference type.

    There are two predefined reference types: object, an alias for the System.Object class, from
which all other reference types derive; and string, an alias for the System.String class. C# likewise
has several integral value types, each an alias to a corresponding value type in the System
namespace of the .NET Framework. The predefined C# type aliases expose the methods of the
underlying .NET Framework types. For example, since the .NET Framework's System.Int32 type
implements a ToString() method to convert the value of an integer to its string representation,
C#'s int type exposes that method:


int i = 97;
 string s = i.ToString();
 // The value of s is now the string "97".




                                                 - 44 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    Likewise, the System.Int32 type implements the Parse() method, which can therefore be
accessed via C#'s int type:


string s = "97";
int i = int.Parse(s);
// The value of i is now the integer 97.


     The unified type system is enhanced by the ability to convert value types to reference types
(boxing) and likewise to convert certain reference types to their corresponding value types (unbox-
ing). This is also known as casting.


object boxedInteger = 97;
int unboxedInteger = (int)boxedInteger;


     Boxing and casting are, however, not type-safe: the compiler won't generate an error if the
programmer mixes up the types. In the following short example the mistake is quite obvious, but
in complex programs it may be real hard to spot. Avoid boxing, if possible.


object getInteger = "97";
int anInteger = (int)getInteger; // no compile-time error, the program will
crash, however


    The built-in C# type aliases and their equivalent .NET Framework types follow:




                                                - 45 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Integers
C# Alias    .NET Type      Size (bits)                                    Range
sbyte      System.SByte 8                  -128 to 127
byte       System.Byte     8               0 to 255
short      System.Int16    16              -32,768 to 32,767
ushort     System.UInt16 16                0 to 65,535
char       System.Char     16              A unicode character of code 0 to 65,535
int        System.Int32    32              -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647
uint       System.UInt32 32                0 to 4,294,967,295
long       System.Int64    64              -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 to
                                           9,223,372,036,854,775,807
ulong      System.UInt64 64                0 to 18,446,744,073,709,551,615


Floating-point
C# Alias     .NET Type         Size (bits)          Precision                      Range
float      System.Single       32            7 digits                     1.5 x 10-45 to 3.4 x 1038
double     System.Double 64                  15-16 digits                 5.0 x 10-324 to 1.7 x 10308
decimal System.Decimal 128                   28-29 decimal places 1.0 x 10-28 to 7.9 x 1028



Other predefined types
C# Alias     .NET Type         Size (bits)                                 Range
bool       System.Boolean 32                  true or false, which aren't related to any integer in C#.
object     System.Object       32/64          Platform dependant (a pointer to an object).
string     System.String       16 * length A unicode string with no special upper bound.




                                                   - 46 -



                                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Custom types
    The predefined types can be aggregated and extended into custom types.

    Custom value types are declared with the struct or enum keyword. Likewise, custom refer-
ence types are declared with the class keyword.


Arrays
     Although the number of dimensions is included in array declarations, the size of each dimen-
sion is not:


string[] s;


     Assignments to an array variable (prior to the variable's usage), however, specify the size
of each dimension:


s = new string[5];


    As with other variable types, the declaration and the initialization can be combined:


string[] s = new string[5] ;


    It is also important to note that like in Java, arrays are passed by reference, and not passed
by value. For example, the following code snippet successfully swaps two elements in an integer
array:


static void swap (int[] arr, int i, int j)
{
     int temp = arr[i];
     arr[i] = arr[j];
     arr[j] = temp;
}




                                                - 47 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Conversion
    Values of a given type may or may not be explicitly or implicitly convertible to other types
depending on predefined conversion rules, inheritance structure, and explicit cast definitions.


Predefined conversions
     Many predefined value types have predefined conversions to other predefined value types.
If the type conversion is guaranteed not to lose information, the conversion can be implicit (i.e.
an explicit cast is not required).


Inheritance polymorphism
      A value can be implicitly converted to any class from which it inherits or interface that it
implements. To convert a base class to a class that inherits from it, the conversion must be explic-
it in order for the conversion statement to compile. Similarly, to convert an interface instance to
a class that implements it, the conversion must be explicit in order for the conversion statement
to compile. In either case, the runtime environment throws a conversion exception if the value
to convert is not an instance of the target type or any of its derived types.



Scope and extent
     The scope and extent of variables is based on their declaration. The scope of parameters and
local variables corresponds to the declaring method or statement block, while the scope of fields
is associated with the instance or class and is potentially further restricted by the field's access
modifiers.

    The extent of variables is determined by the runtime environment using implicit reference
counting and a complex garbage collection algorithm.




                                                - 48 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                  Operators

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    C# operators and their precedence closely resemble the operators in other languages of the
C family.

     Similar to C++, classes can overload most operators, defining or redefining the behavior of
the operators in contexts where the first argument of that operator is an instance of that class, but
doing so is often discouraged for clarity.

    Following are the built-in behaviors of C# operators.



Arithmetic
    The following arithmetic operators operate on numeric operands (arguments a and b in the
"sample usage" below).




                                                 - 49 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



Sampleus-                Read                                    Explanation
   age
a+b           a plus b               The binary operator + returns the sum of its arguments.
a-b           a minus b              The binary operator - returns the difference between its argu-
                                     ments.
a*b           a times b              The binary operator * returns the multiplicative product of
                                     its arguments.
a/b           a divided by b         The binary operator / returns the quotient of its arguments.
                                     If both of its operators are integers, it obtains that quotient
                                     using integer division (i.e. it drops any resulting remainder).
a%b           a mod b                The binary operator % operates only on integer arguments.
                                     It returns the remainder of integer division of those argu-
                                     ments. (See modular arithmetic.)
a++           a plus plus or Postin- The unary operator ++ operates only on arguments that have
              crement a              an l-value. When placed after its argument, it increments
                                     that argument by 1 and returns the value of that argument
                                     before it was incremented.
++a           plus plus a or Prein- The unary operator ++ operates only on arguments that have
              crement a             an l-value. When placed before its argument, it increments
                                    that argument by 1 and returns the resulting value.
a--           a minus minus or       The unary operator -- operates only on arguments that have
              Postdecrement a        an l-value. When placed after its argument, it decrements
                                     that argument by 1 and returns the value of that argument
                                     before it was decremented.
--a           minus minus a or Pre- The unary operator -- operates only on arguments that have
              decrement a           an l-value. When placed before its argument, it decrements
                                    that argument by 1 and returns the resulting value.



Logical
      The following logical operators operate on boolean or integral operands, as noted.




                                                - 50 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



 Sample       Read                                        Explanation
  usage
a&b       a bitwise and The binary operator & evaluates both of its operands and returns the
          b             logical conjunction ("AND") of their results. If the operands are inte-
                        gral, the logical conjunction is performed bitwise.
a && b    a and b        The binary operator && operates on boolean operands only. It evalu-
                         ates its first operand. If the result is false, it returns false. Otherwise,
                         it evaluates and returns the results of the second operand. Note that
                         if evaluating the second operand would hypothetically have no side
                         effects, the results are identical to the logical conjunction performed
                         by the & operator.
a|b       a bitwise or b The binary operator | evaluates both of its operands and returns the
                         logical disjunction ("OR") of their results. If the operands are integral,
                         the logical disjunction is performed bitwise.
a || b    a or b         The binary operator || operates on boolean operands only. It evaluates
                         the first operand. If the result is true, it returns true. Otherwise, it
                         evaluates and returns the results of the second operand. Note that if
                         evaluating the second operand would hypothetically have no side ef-
                         fects, the results are identical to the logical disjunction performed by
                         the | operator.
a^b       a x-or b       The binary operator ^ returns the exclusive or ("XOR") of their re-
                         sults. If the operands are integral, the exclusive or is performed bit-
                         wise.
!a        not a          The unary operator ! operates on a boolean operand only. It evaluates
                         its operand and returns the negation ("NOT") of the result. That is, it
                         returns true if a evaluates to false and it returns false if a evaluates to
                         true.
~a        bitwise not a The unary operator ~ operates on integral operands only. It evaluates
                        its operand and returns the bitwise negation of the result. That is, ~a
                        returns a value where each bit is the negation of the corresponding
                        bit in the result of evaluating a.




                                              - 51 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Bitwise shifting
 Sample us-       Read                                          Explanation
    age
a << b        a left shift b    The binary operator << evaluates its operands and returns the re-
                                sulting first argument left-shifted by the number of bits specified
                                by the second argument. It discards high-order bits that shift be-
                                yond the size of its first argument and sets new low-order bits to
                                zero.
a >> b        a right shift b The binary operator >> evaluates its operands and returns the re-
                              sulting first argument right-shifted by the number of bits specified
                              by the second argument. It discards low-order bits that are shifted
                              beyond the size of its first argument and sets new high-order bits
                              to the sign bit of the first argument, or to zero if the first argument
                              is unsigned.



Relational
    The binary relational operators ==, !=, <, >, <=, and >= are used for relational operations
and for type comparisons.

 Sample us-            Read                                          Explanation
    age
a == b        a is equal to b           For arguments of value type, the operator == returns true
                                        if its operands have the same value, false otherwise. For
                                        the string type, it returns true if the strings' character se-
                                        quences match. For other reference types (types derived




                                                  - 52 -



                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



                                        from System.Object), however, a == b returns true only if
                                        a and b reference the same object.
a != b         a is not equal to b      The operator != returns the logical negation of the operator
                                        ==. Thus, it returns true if a is not equal to b, and false if
                                        they are equal.
a<b            a is less than b         The operator < operates on integral types. It returns true
                                        if a is less than b, false otherwise.
a>b            a is greater than b      The operator > operates on integral types. It returns true
                                        if a is greater than b, false otherwise.
a <= b         a is less than or equal The operator <= operates on integral types. It returns true
               to b                    if a is less than or equal to b, false otherwise.
a >= b         a is greater than or     The operator >= operates on integral types. It returns true
               equal to b               if a is greater than or equal to b, false otherwise.



Assignment
     The assignment operators are binary. The most basic is the operator =. Not surprisingly, it
assigns the value of its second argument to its first argument.

     (More technically, the operator = requires for its first (left) argument an expression to which
a value can be assigned (an l-value) and for its second (right) argument an expression which can
be evaluated (an r-value). That requirement of an assignable expression to its left and a bound
expression to its right is the origin of the terms l-value and r-value.)

      The first argument of the assignment operator (=) is typically a variable. When that argument
has a value type, the assignment operation changes the argument's underlying value. When the
first argument is a reference type, the assignment operation changes the reference, so the first
argument typically just refers to a different object but the object that it originally referenced does
not change (except that it may no longer be referenced and may thus be a candidate for garbage
collection).




                                                  - 53 -



                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



Sample usage           Read                                           Explanation
a=b            a equals (or set to) b The operator = evaluates its second argument and then
                                      assigns the results to (the l-value indicated by) its first
                                      argument.
a=b=c          b set to c, and then a Equivalent to a = (b = c). When there are consecutive
               set to b               assignments, the right-most assignment is evaluated
                                      first, proceeding from right to left. In this example, both
                                      variables a and b have the value of c.



Short-hand Assignment
    The short-hand assignment operators shortens the common assignment operation of a = a
operator b into a operator= b, resulting in less typing and neater syntax.

Sample usage                    Read                                  Explanation
a += b         a plus equals (or increment by) b           Equivalent to a = a + b.
a -= b         a minus equals (or decrement by) b          Equivalent to a = a - b.
a *= b         a multiply equals (or multiplied by) b Equivalent to a = a * b.
a /= b         a divide equals (or divided by) b           Equivalent to a = a / b.
a %= b         a mod equals b                              Equivalent to a = a % b.
a &= b         a and equals b                              Equivalent to a = a & b.
a |= b         a or equals b                               Equivalent to a = a | b.
a ^= b         a xor equals b                              Equivalent to a = a ^ b.
a <<= b        a left-shift equals b                       Equivalent to a = a << b.
a >>= b        a right-shift equals b                      Equivalent to a = a >> b.




                                               - 54 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Type information
Expression                                          Explanation
x is T        returns true if the variable x of base class type stores an object of derived class
              type T, or, if x is of type T. Else returns false.
x as T        returns (T)x (x cast to T) if the variable x of base class type stores an object of de-
              rived class type T, or, if x is of type T. Else returns null. Equivalent to x is T ?
              (T)x : null
sizeof(x)     returns the size of the value type x. Remarks: The sizeof operator can be applied
              only to value types, not reference types..
typeof(T)     returns a System.Type object describing the type. T must be the name of the type,
              and not a variable. Use the GetType method to retrieve run-time type information
              of variables.



Pointer manipulation
     NOTE: Most C# developers agree that direct manipulation and use of pointers is not recom-
mended in C#. The language has many built-in classes to allow you to do almost any operation
you want. C# was built with memory-management in mind and the creation and use of pointers
is greatly disruptive to this end. This speaks to the declaration of pointers and the use of pointer
notation, not arrays. In fact, a program may only be compiled in "unsafe mode" if it uses pointers.

Expression                                          Explanation
*a            Indirection operator. Allows access the object being pointed.
a->member Similar to the '.' operator. Allows access to members of classes and structs being
          pointed.
a[]           Used to index a pointer.
&a            References the address of the pointer.
stackalloc    allocates memory on the stack.
fixed         Temporarily fixes a variable in order that its address may be found.




                                                 - 55 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Overflow exception control
 Expression                 Explanation
checked(a)     uses overflow checking on value a
unchecked(a) avoids overflow checking on value a



Others
Expression                                Explanation
a.b           accesses member b of type or namespace a
a[b]          the value of index b in a
(a)b          casts the value b to type a
new a         creates an object of type a
a+b           if a and b are string types, concatenates a and b
a?b:c         if a is true, returns the value of b, otherwise c
a ?? b        if a is null, returns b, otherwise returns a
@a            you can write a path without mentioning the special characters.
              (example: @"c:" instead of "c:")




                                                 - 56 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                          Data structures

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    There are various ways of grouping sets of data together in C#.



Enumerations
     An enumeration is a data type that enumerates a set of items by assigning to each of them
an identifier (a name), while exposing an underlying base type for ordering the elements of the
enumeration. The underlying type is int by default, but can be any one of the integral types except
for char.

    Enumerations are declared as follows:


enum Weekday { Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday
 };



    The elements in the above enumeration are then available as constants:


Weekday day = Weekday.Monday;
if (day == Weekday.Tuesday)
{
    Console.WriteLine("Time sure flies by when you program in C#!");
}




                                                - 57 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     If no explicit values are assigned to the enumerated items as the example above, the first ele-
ment has the value 0, and the successive values are assigned to each subsequent element. Howev-
er, specific values from the underlying integral type can be assigned to any of the enumerated
elements:


enum Age { Infant = 0, Teenager = 13, Adult = 18 };

Age age = Age.Teenager;
Console.WriteLine("You become a teenager at an age of {0}.", (int)age);



     The underlying values of enumerated elements may go unused when the purpose of an enu-
meration is simply to group a set of items together, e.g., to represent a nation, state, or geographi-
cal territory in a more meaningful way than an integer could. Rather than define a group of logical-
ly related constants, it is often more readable to use an enumeration.

     It may be desirable to create an enumeration with a base type other than int. To do so, specify
any integral type besides char as with base class extension syntax after the name of the enumera-
tion, as follows:


enum CardSuit : byte { Hearts, Diamonds, Spades, Clubs };



     The enumeration type is also helpful if you need to output the value. By calling the
.ToString() method on the enumeration, will output the enumerations name (e.g. Card-
Suit.Hearts.ToString() will output "Hearts").



Structs
    Structures (keyword struct) are light-weight objects. They are mostly used when only a data
container is required for a collection of value type variables. Structs are similar to classes in that




                                                 - 58 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



they can have constructors, methods, and even implement interfaces, but there are important
differences.

     •   Structs are value types while classes are reference types, which means they behave
         differently when passed into methods as parameters.
     •   Structs cannot support inheritance. While structs may appear to be limited with their
         use, they require less memory and can be less expensive if used in the proper way.
     •   Structs always have a default constructor, even if you don't want one. Classes allow
         you to hide the constructor away by using the "private" modifier, whereas structures
         must have one.

    A struct can, for example, be declared like this:


struct Person
{
    public string name;
    public System.DateTime birthDate;
    public int heightInCm;
    public int weightInKg;
}



    The Person struct can then be used like this:


Person dana = new Person();
dana.name = "Dana Developer";
dana.birthDate = new DateTime(1974, 7, 18);
dana.heightInCm = 178;
dana.weightInKg = 50;

if (dana.birthDate < DateTime.Now)
{
    Console.WriteLine("Thank goodness! Dana Developer isn't from the fu-
ture!");
}



    It is also possible to provide constructors to structs to make it easier to initialize them:


using System;
struct Person
{


                                                - 59 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     string name;
     DateTime birthDate;
     int heightInCm;
     int weightInKg;

    public Person(string name, DateTime birthDate, int heightInCm, int
weightInKg)
    {
        this.name = name;
        this.birthDate = birthDate;
        this.heightInCm = heightInCm;
        this.weightInKg = weightInKg;
    }
}

public class StructWikiBookSample
{
     public static void Main()
     {
         Person dana = new Person("Dana Developer", new DateTime(1974, 7, 18),
  178, 50);
     }
}



     Structs are really only used for performance reasons and/or if you intend to it by value.
Structs work best when holding a total equal to or less than 16 bytes of data. If in doubt, use
classes.



Arrays
     Arrays represent a set of items all belonging to the same type. The declaration itself may use
a variable or a constant to define the length of the array. However, an array has a set length and
it cannot be changed after declaration.


// an array whose length is defined with a constant
int[] integers = new int[20];

int length = 0;
System.Console.Write("How long should the array be? ");
System.Console.ReadLine(length);
// an array whose length is defined with a variable




                                                - 60 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



// this array still can't change length after declaration
double[] doubles = new double[length];




                                        - 61 -



                            by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      Control

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    Conditional, iteration, jump, and exception handling statements control a program's flow of
execution.

      An iteration statement can create a loop using keywords such as do, while, for, foreach, and
in.

    A jump statement can be used to transfer program control using keywords such as break,
continue, return, and yield.

    An exception handling statement can be used to handle exceptions using keywords such as
throw, try-catch, try-finally, and try-catch-finally.



Conditional statements
   A conditional statement decides whether to execute code based on conditions. The if state-
ment and the switch statement are the two types of conditional statements in C#.


The if statement
     As with most of C#, the if statement has the same syntax as in C, C++, and Java. Thus, it is
written in the following form:

       if-statement ::= "if" "(" condition ")" if-body ["else" else-body]



                                                 - 62 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     condition ::= boolean-expression
     if-body ::= statement-or-statement-block
     else-body ::= statement-or-statement-block

    The if statement evaluates its condition expression to determine whether to execute the if-
body. Optionally, an else clause can immediately follow the if body, providing code to execute
when the condition is false. Making the else-body another if statement creates the common cas-
cade of if, else if, else if, else if, else statements:


using System;

public class IfStatementSample
{
     public void IfMyNumberIs()
     {
         int myNumber = 5;
         if ( myNumber == 4 )
             Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  4.");
         else if( myNumber < 0 )
         {
             Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  negative.");
         }
         else if( myNumber % 2 == 0 )
             Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  even.");
         else
         {
              Console.WriteLine("myNumber does not match the coded conditions,
  so this sentence will be shown!");
         }
     }
}




The switch statement
    The switch statement is similar to the statement from C, C++ and Java.

    Unlike C, each case statement must finish with a jump statement (which can be break or
goto or return). In other words, C# does not support "fall through" from one case statement to


                                               - 63 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



the next (thereby eliminating a common source of unexpected behaviour in C programs). Howev-
er "stacking" of cases is allowed, as in the example below. If goto is used, it may refer to a case
label or the default case (e.g. goto case 0 or goto default).

    The default label is optional. If no default case is defined, then the default behaviour is to
do nothing.

    A simple example:


switch (nCPU)
{
    case 0:
         Console.WriteLine("You don't have a CPU! :-)");
         break;
    case 1:
         Console.WriteLine("Single processor computer");
         break;
    case 2:
         Console.WriteLine("Dual processor computer");
         break;
    // Stacked cases
    case 3:
    case 4:
    case 5:
    case 6:
    case 7:
    case 8:
         Console.WriteLine("A multi processor computer");
         break;
    default:
         Console.WriteLine("A seriously parallel computer");
         break;
}



    A nice improvement over the C switch statement is that the switch variable can be a string.
For example:


switch (aircraft_ident)
{
    case "C-FESO":
         Console.WriteLine("Rans S6S Coyote");
         break;
    case "C-GJIS":
         Console.WriteLine("Rans S12XL Airaile");


                                                - 64 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



          break;
     default:
          Console.WriteLine("Unknown aircraft");
          break;
}




Iteration statements
    An iteration statement creates a loop of code to execute a variable number of times. The for
loop, the do loop, the while loop, and the foreach loop are the iteration statements in C#.


The do...while loop
    The do...while loop likewise has the same syntax as in other languages derived from C. It
is written in the following form:

      do...while-loop ::= "do" body "while" "(" condition ")"
      condition ::= boolean-expression
      body ::= statement-or-statement-block

     The do...while loop always runs its body once. After its first run, it evaluates its condition
to determine whether to run its body again. If the condition is true, the body executes. If the
condition evaluates to true again after the body has ran, the body executes again. When the condi-
tion evaluates to false, the do...while loop ends.


using System;

public class DoWhileLoopSample
{
    public void PrintValuesFromZeroToTen()
    {
         int number = 0;
         do
         {
              Console.WriteLine(number++.ToString());
         } while(number <= 10);
    }




                                                - 65 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



}



    The above code writes the integers from 0 to 10 to the console.


The for loop
     The for loop likewise has the same syntax as in other languages derived from C. It is written
in the following form:

      for-loop ::= "for" "(" initialization ";" condition ";" iteration ")" body
      initialization ::= variable-declaration | list-of-statements
      condition ::= boolean-expression
      iteration ::= list-of-statements
      body ::= statement-or-statement-block

     The initialization variable declaration or statements are executed the first time through the
for loop, typically to declare and initialize an index variable. The condition expression is evaluat-
ed before each pass through the body to determine whether to execute the body. It is often used
to test an index variable against some limit. If the condition evaluates to true, the body is execut-
ed. The iteration statements are executed after each pass through the body, typically to increment
or decrement an index variable.


public class ForLoopSample
{
    public void ForFirst100NaturalNumbers()
    {
        for(int i=0; i<100; i++)
        {
            System.Console.WriteLine(i.ToString());
        }
    }
}



    The above code writes the integers from 0 to 99 to the console.




                                                 - 66 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




The foreach loop
     The foreach statement is similar to the for statement in that both allow code to iterate over
the items of collections, but the foreach statement lacks an iteration index, so it works even with
collections that lack indices altogether. It is written in the following form:

      foreach-loop ::= "foreach" "(" variable-declaration "in" enumerable-expression ")" body
      body ::= statement-or-statement-block

     The enumerable-expression is an expression of a type that implements IEnumerable, so it
can be an array or a collection. The variable-declaration declares a variable that will be set to
the successive elements of the enumerable-expression for each pass through the body. The fore-
ach loop exits when there are no more elements of the enumerable-expression to assign to the
variable of the variable-declaration.


public class ForEachSample
{
    public void DoSomethingForEachItem()
    {
        string[] itemsToWrite = {"Alpha", "Bravo", "Charlie"};
        foreach (string item in itemsToWrite)
            System.Console.WriteLine(item);
    }
}



    In the above code, the foreach statement iterates over the elements of the string array to write
"Alpha", "Bravo", and "Charlie" to the console.


The while loop
     The while loop has the same syntax as in other languages derived from C. It is written in the
following form:

      while-loop ::= "while" "(" condition ")" body
      condition ::= boolean-expression
      body ::= statement-or-statement-block



                                                - 67 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     The while loop evaluates its condition to determine whether to run its body. If the condition
is true, the body executes. If the condition then evaluates to true again, the body executes again.
When the condition evaluates to false, the while loop ends.


using System;

public class WhileLoopSample
{
    public void RunForAwhile()
    {
        TimeSpan durationToRun = new TimeSpan(0, 0, 30);
        DateTime start = DateTime.Now;
        while (DateTime.Now - start < durationToRun)
        {
            Console.WriteLine("not finished yet");
        }
        Console.WriteLine("finished");
    }
}




Jump statements
    A jump statement can be used to transfer program control using keywords such as break,
continue, return, yield, and throw.




                                                - 68 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                 Exceptions

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The exception handling system in the C# language allows the programmer to handle errors
or anomalous situations in a structured manner that allows the programmer to separate the normal
flow of the code from error-handling logic. An exception can represent a variety of abnormal
conditions, including, for example, the use of a null object reference detected by the runtime
system, or an invalid input string entered by a user and detected by application code. Code that
detects an error condition is said to throw an exception and code that handles the error is said to
catch the exception. An exception in C# is an object that encapsulates various information about
the error that occurred, such as the stack trace at the point of the exception and a descriptive error
message. All exception objects are instantiations of the System.Exception or a child class of it.
There are many exception classes defined in the .NET Framework used for various purposes.
Programmers may also define their own class inheriting from System.Exception or some other
appropriate exception class from the .NET Framework.

     Microsoft recommendations prior to version 2.0 recommended that a developer inherit from
the ApplicationException exception class. After 2.0 was released, this recommendation was made
obsolete and users should inherit from the Exception class[1].

     The following example demonstrates the basics of exception throwing and handling excep-
tions:


class ExceptionTest
{
     public static void Main(string[] args)
     {
          try
          {
               OrderPizza("pepperoni");


                                                 - 69 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



                  OrderPizza("anchovies");
             }
             catch (ArgumentException e)
             {
                  Console.WriteLine(e.Message);
             }
             finally
             {
                  Console.WriteLine("press enter to continue...");
                  Console.ReadLine();
             }
      }

      private static void OrderPizza(string topping)
      {
           if (topping != "pepperoni" && topping != "sausage")
           {
                throw new ArgumentException(
                    String.Format("Unsupported pizza topping: {0}", topping));

             }
             Console.WriteLine("one {0} pizza ordered", topping);
      }
}



    When run, this example produces the following output:


one pepperoni pizza ordered
Unsupported pizza topping: anchovies
press enter to continue...


     The Main() method begins by opening a try block. A try block is a block of code that may
throw an exception that is to be caught and handled. Following the try block are one or more
catch blocks. These blocks contain the exception handling logic. Each catch block contains an
exception object declaration, similar to the way a method argument is declared, in this case, an
ApplicationException named e. When an exception matching the type of the catch block is
thrown, that exception object is passed in to the catch and available for it to use and even possibly
re-throw. The try block calls the OrderPizza() method, which may throw an ApplicationExcep-
tion. The method checks the input string and, if it has an invalid value, an exception is thrown
using the throw keyword. The throw is followed by the object reference representing the excep-
tion object to throw. In this case, the exception object is constructed on the spot. When the excep-
tion is thrown, control is transferred to the inner most catch block matching the exception type



                                                 - 70 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



thrown. In this case, it is one method in the call stack higher. Lastly, the Main() method contains
a finally block after the catch block. The finally block is optional and contains code that is to be
executed regardless of whether an exception is thrown in the associated try block. In this case,
the finally just prompts the user to press enter, but normally it is used to release acquired re-
sources or perform other cleanup activities.


References
      1. ↑ [ApplicationException made obsolete]




                                                - 71 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                              Namespaces

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

      Namespaces are used to provide a "named space" in which your application resides. They're
used especially to provide the C# compiler a context for all the named information in your pro-
gram, such as variable names. Without namespaces, you wouldn't be able to make, e.g., a class
named Console, as .NET already uses one in its System namespace. The purpose of namespaces
is to solve this problem, and release thousands of names defined in the .NET Framework for your
applications to use, along with making it so your application doesn't occupy names for other appli-
cations, if your application is intended to be used in conjunction with another. So namespaces
exist to resolve ambiguities a compiler wouldn't otherwise be able to do.

    Namespaces are easily defined in this way:


namespace MyApplication
{
    // The content to reside in the MyApplication namespace is placed here.
}


     There is an entire hierarchy of namespaces provided to you by the .NET Framework, with
the System namespace usually being by far the most commonly seen one. Data in a namespace
is referred to by using the . operator, such as:


System.Console.WriteLine("Hello, world!");


   This will call the WriteLine method that is a member of the Console class within the System
namespace.



                                                - 72 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     By using the using keyword, you explicitly tell the compiler that you'll be using a certain
namespace in your program. Since the compiler would then know that, it no longer requires you
to type the namespace name(s) for such declared namespaces, as you told it which namespaces
it should look in if it couldn't find the data in your application.

    So one can then type like this:


using System;

namespace MyApplication
{
  class MyClass
  {
    void ShowGreeting()
    {
        Console.WriteLine("Hello, world!"); // note how System is now not re-
quired
    }
  }
}


    Namespaces are global, so a namespace in one C# source file, and another with the same
name in another source file, will cause the compiler to treat the different named information in
these two source files as residing in the same namespace.



Nested namespaces
     Normally, your entire application resides under its own special namespace, often named after
your application or project name. Sometimes, companies with an entire product series decide to
use nested namespaces though, where the "root" namespace can share the name of the company,
and the nested namespaces the respective project names. This can be especially convenient if
you're a developer who has made a library with some usual functionality that can be shared across
programs. If both the library and your program shared a parent namespace, that one would then
not have to be explicitly declared with the using keyword, and still not have to be completely
typed out. If your code was open for others to use, third party developers that may use your code
would additionally then see that the same company had developed the library and the program.
The developer of the library and program would finally also separate all the named information
in their product source codes, for fewer headaches especially if common names are used.




                                                  - 73 -



                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     To make your application reside in a nested namespace, you can show this in two ways. Ei-
ther like this:


namespace CodeWorks
{
    namespace MyApplication
    {
        // Do stuff
    }
}


    ... or like this:


namespace CodeWorks.MyApplication
{
    // Do stuff
}


    Both methods are accepted, and are identical in what they do.




                                              - 74 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                     Classes

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     As in other object-oriented programming languages, the functionality of a C# program is
implemented in one or more classes. The methods and properties of a class contain the code that
defines how the class behaves.

    C# classes support information hiding by encapsulating functionality in properties and
methods and by enabling several types of polymorphism, including subtyping polymorphism via
inheritance and parametric polymorphism via generics.

    Several types of C# classes can be defined, including instance classes (standard classes that
can be instantiated), static classes, and structures.

     Classes are defined using the keyword "class" followed by an identifier to name the class.
Instances of the class can then be created with the "new" keyword followed by the name of the
class. The code below defines a class called Employee with properties Name and Age and with
empty methods GetPayCheck() and Work(). It also defines a Sample class that instantiates and
uses the Employee class:


public class Employee
{
    private string _name;
    private int _age;

     public string Name
     {
         set { _name = value; }
         get { return _name; }
     }




                                               - 75 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     public int Age
     {
         set { _age = value; }
         get { return _age; }
     }

     public void GetPayCheck()
     {
     }

     public void Work()
     {
     }
}

public class Sample
{
    public static void Main()
    {
        Employee Marissa = new Employee();
        Marissa.Work();
        Marissa.GetPayCheck();
    }
}




Methods
     C# methods are class members containing code. They may have a return value and a list of
parameters, as well as a generic type declaration. Like fields, methods can be static (associated
with and accessed through the class) or instance (associated with and accessed through an object
instance of the class).



Constructors
     A class's constructors control its initialization. A constructor's code executes to initialize an
instance of the class when a program requests a new object of the class's type. Constructors often
set properties of their classes, but they are not restricted to doing so.




                                                 - 76 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     Like other methods, a constructor can have parameters. To create an object using a construc-
tor with parameters, the new command accepts parameters. The below code defines and then in-
stantiates multiple objects of the Employee class, once using the constructor without parameters
and once using the version with a parameter:


public class Employee
{
    public Employee()
    {
        System.Console.WriteLine("Constructed without parameters");
    }

     public Employee(string text)
     {
         System.Console.WriteLine(text);
     }
}

public class Sample
{
    public static void Main()
    {
        System.Console.WriteLine("Start");
        Employee Alfred = new Employee();
        Employee Billy = new Employee("Parameter for construction");
        System.Console.WriteLine("End");
    }
}



    Output:


Start
Constructed without parameters
Parameter for construction
End




                                               - 77 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Finalizers
      The opposite of constructors, finalizers define the final behavior of an object and execute
when the object is no longer in use. Although they are often used in C++ to free memory reserved
by an object, they are less frequently used in C# due to the .NET Framework Garbage Collector.
An object's finalizer, which takes no parameters, is called sometime after an object is no longer
referenced, but the complexities of garbage collection make the specific timing of finalizers uncer-
tain.


public class Employee
{
    public Employee(string text)
    {
        System.Console.WriteLine(text);
    }

     ~Employee()
     {
         System.Console.WriteLine("Finalized!");
     }

     public static void Main()
     {
         Employee Marissa = new Employee("Constructed!");
         Marissa = null;
     }
}



    Output:


Constructed!
Finalized!




                                                - 78 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Properties
     C# properties are class members that expose functionality of methods using the syntax of
fields. They simplify the syntax of calling traditional get and set methods (a.k.a. accessor meth-
ods). Like methods, they can be static or instance.

    Properties are defined in the following way:


public class MyClass
{
     private int integerField = 3; // Sets integerField with a default value
of 3

    public int IntegerField
    {
        get {
            return integerField; // get returns the field you specify when
this property is assigned
        }
        set {
            integerField = value; // set assigns the value assigned to the
property of the field you specify
        }
    }
}



      The C# keyword value contains the value assigned to the property. After a property is de-
fined it can be used like a variable. If you were to write some additional code in the get and set
portions of the property it would work like a method and allow you to manipulate the data before
it is read or written to the variable.


using System;

public class MyProgram
{
    MyClass myClass = new MyClass;

    Console.WriteLine(myClass.IntegerField); // Writes 3 to the command line.

    myClass.IntegerField = 7; // Indirectly assigns 7 to the field myClass.in-
tegerField


                                                - 79 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



}



    Using properties in this way provides a clean, easy to use mechanism for protecting data.



Indexers
     C# indexers are class members that define the behavior of the array access operation (e.g.
list[0] to access the first element of list even when list is not an array).

    To create an indexer, use the this keyword as in the following example:


public string this[string key]
{
   get {return coll[key];}
   set {coll[key] = value;}
}



    This code will create a string indexer that returns a string value. For example, if the class
was EmployeeCollection, you could write code similar to the following:


EmployeeCollection e = new EmployeeCollection();
.
.
.
string s = e["Jones"];
e["Smith"] = "xxx";




Events
    C# events are class members that expose notifications to clients of the class.




                                               - 80 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Operator
    C# operator definitions are class members that define or redefine the behavior of basic C#
operators (called implicitly or explicitly) on instances of the class.



Structures
     Structures, or structs, are defined with the struct keyword followed by an identifier to name
the structure. They are similar to classes, but have subtle differences. Structs are used as
lightweight versions of classes that can help reduce memory management efforts when working
with small data structures. In most situations, however, using a standard class is a better choice.

    The principal difference between structs and classes is that instances of structs are values
whereas instances of classes are references. Thus when you pass a struct to a function by value
you get a copy of the object so changes to it are not reflected in the original because there are
now two distinct objects but if you pass an instance of a class by value then there is only one in-
stance.

     The Employee structure below declares a public and a private field. Access to the private
field is granted through the public property "Name":


struct Employee
{
    private string name;
    public int age;

     public string Name
     {
         set { name = value; }
         get { return name; }
     }
}




                                                - 81 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Static classes
    Static classes are commonly used to implement a Singleton Pattern. All of the methods,
properties, and fields of a static class are also static (like the WriteLine() method of the Sys-
tem.Console class) and can thus be used without instantiating the static class:


public static class Writer
{
    public static void Write()
    {
        System.Console.WriteLine("Text");
    }
}

public class Sample
{
    public static void Main()
    {
        Writer.Write();
    }
}




                                               - 82 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      Objects

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



Introduction
    The .NET framework consists of several languages, all which follow the "object orientated
programming" (OOP) approach to software development. This standard defines that all objects
support

      •   Inheritance - the ability to inherit and extend exisiting functionality.
      •   Encapsulation - the ability to allow the user to only see specific parts, and to interact
          with it in specific ways.
      •   Polymorphism - the ability for an object to be assigned dynamically, but with some
          predicatability as to what can be done with the object.

      Objects are synonomous with objects in the real world. Think of any object and think of how
it looks and how it is measured and interacted with. When creating OOP languages, the reasoning
was that if it mimics the thought process of humans, it would simplify the coding experience.

     For example, let's consider a chair, and its dimensions, weight, colour and what is it made
out of. In .NET, these values are called "Properties". These are values which define the object's
state. Be careful, as there are two ways to expose values: Variables and Properties. The recom-
mended approach is expose Properties and not variables.

     So we have a real-world idea of the concept of an object. In terms of practicality for a com-
puter to pass information about, passing around an object within a program would consume a lot
of resources. Think of a car, how many properties that has - 100's, 1000's. A computer passing



                                                 - 83 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



this information about all the time will waste memory, processing time and therefore a bad idea
to use. So objects come in 2 flavours:

      •   Reference types
      •   Value types



Reference and Value Types
     A reference type is like a pointer to the value. Think of it like a piece of paper with a street
address on it, and the address leads to your house - your object with hundreds of properties. If
you want to find it, go to where the address says! This is exactly what happens inside the comput-
er. The reference is stored as a number, corresponding to somewhere in memory where the object
exists. So instead of moving an object around - like building a replica house every time you want
to look at it - you just look at the original.

     A value type is the exact value itself. Values are great for storing small amounts of informa-
tion: numbers, dates etc.

     There are differences in the way they are processed, so we will leave that until a little later
in the article.

     As well as querying values, we need a way to interacting with the object so that some opera-
tion can be performed. Think of files - its all well and good knowing the length of the file, but
how about Read() 'ing it? Therefore, we can use something called methods as a way of perform-
ing actions on an object.

    An example would be a circle. The properties of a square are:

      •   Length
      •   Height

    The "functions" (or methods in .NET) would be:

      •   Area ( = Length * Width )
      •   Perimeter ( = 2 * Length + 2 * Width)

     Methods vary from Properties because they require some transformation of data to achieve
a result. Methods can either return a result (such as Area) or not. Like above with the chair, if
you Sit() on the chair, there is no expected reaction, the chair just ... works!




                                                 - 84 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




System.Object
     To support the first rule of OOP - Inheritance, we define something that all objects will de-
rive from - this is System.Object, known as Object object. This object defines some methods that
all objects can use should they need too. These methods include:

      •   GetHashCode() - retrieve a number unique to that object.
      •   GetType() - retrieves information about the object like method names, the objects name
          etc.
      •   ToString() - convert the object to a textual representation - usually for outputting to the
          screen or file.

     Since all objects derive from this class (whether you define it or not), any class will have
these 3 methods ready to use. Since we always inherit from System.Object, or a class that itself
inherits from System.Object, we therefore enhance and/or extend its functionality. Like in the
real world that humans, cats, dogs, birds, fish are all an improved and specialised version of an
"organism".



Object basics
      All objects by default are reference types. To support value types, objects must instead inher-
it from the System.ValueType abstract class, rather than System.Object.


Constructors
     When objects are created, they are initialized by the "constructor". The constructor sets up
the object, ready for use. Because objects need to be created before being used, the constructor
is created implicitally, unless it is defined differently by the developer. There are 3 types of
constructor:

      •   Static Constructor
      •   Default constructor - takes no parameters.
      •   Overloaded constructor - takes parameters.

    Overloaded constructors automatically remove the implicit default constructor, so a develop-
er must explicitally define the default constructor if they want to use it.



                                                 - 85 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Static Constructor
     A static constructor is first called when the runtime first accesses the class. Static variables
are accessible at all times, so the runtime must initialize it on its first access. The example below,
when stepping through in a debugger, will show that static MyClass() is only accessed when the
MyClass.Number variable is accessed.


using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Text;

namespace StaticConstructors
{
    class Program
    {
        static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            int i = 0;
            int j = 0;
            Console.WriteLine("Static Number = " + MyClass.Number);
        }
    }

     class MyClass
     {
         private static int number;
         public static int Number { get { return number; } }
         static MyClass()
         {
             Random r = new Random();
             number = r.Next();
         }
     }
}




Default Constructor
     The default constructor takes no parameters and is implicitally defined if no other construc-
tors exist. The code sample below show the before, and after result of creating a class.


//Created by the developer



                                                 - 86 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



class MyClass
{
}

//Created by the compiler
class MyClass : System.Object
{
     public MyClass() : base()
     {
     }
}




Overloaded Constructors
    To initialize objects in various forms, the constructors allow customization of the object by
passing in parameters.


class MyClass
    {
        private int number;
        public int Number { get { return number; } }

          public MyClass()
          {
              Random r = new Random();
              number = r.Next();
          }

          public MyClass(int seed)
          {
              Random r = new Random(seed);
              number = r.Next();
          }
   }




Calling other constructors
     To minimise code, if another constructor implements the functionality better, you can instruct
the constructor to call an overloaded (or default) constructor with specific parameters.


class MyClass


                                                - 87 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     {
          private int number;
          public int Number { get { return number; } }

        public MyClass() :
             this ( DateTime.Now.Milliseconds ) //Call the other constructor
 passing in a value.
        {

          }

          public MyClass(int seed)
          {
              Random r = new Random(seed);
              number = r.Next();
          }
   }


    Base classes constructors can also be called instead of constructors in the current instance


class MyException : Exception
    {
        private int number;
        public int Number { get { return number; } }

        public MyException ( int errorNumber, string message, Exception in-
nerException) : base( message, innerException )
        {
             number = errorNumber;
        }
   }




Destructors
     As well as being ""constructed"", objects can also perform cleanup when they are cleared
up by the garbage collector. The garbage collector only runs when either directly invoked, or has
reason to reclaim memory, therefore the destructor may not get the change to clean up resources
for a long time. In this case, look into use of the Dispose() method, from the IDisposable inter-
face.




                                               - 88 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     Destructors are recognised via the use of the ~ symbol in front of a constructor with no ac-
cess modifier e.g.


class MyException : Exception
    {
        private int number;
        public int Number { get { return number; } }

        public MyException ( int errorNumber, string message, Exception in-
nerException) : base( message, innerException )
        {
             number = errorNumber;
        }

          ~MyException()
          {
          }
    }




Abstract Class
     An abstract class is a class that was never intended to be instantiated directly, but only to
serve as a base to other classes. An abstract class must/should contain at least one abstract method
that child concrete classes are obliged to implement. A class should be made abstract if it makes
no sense to create instances of that class. For example, an Employee can be an abstract class if
there are concrete classes that represent all kinds of employees. It is never appropriate to instanti-
ate it, but it does contain behavior (abstract functions and code) common to all employees.


Sub-heading

    The C Sharp Programming/Objects module or this section of C Sharp Programming is a
stub.
    You can help Wikibooks by expanding it.




                                                 - 89 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                           Encapsulation

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    Encapsulation is depriving of the user of a class information he does not need, and preventing
him from manipulating objects in ways not intended by the designer.

    A class element having public protection level is accessible to all code anywhere in the
program. These methods and properties represent the operations allowed on the class to outside
users.

     Methods, data members (and other elements) with private protection level represent the inter-
nal state of the class (for variables), and operations which are not allowed to outside users.

    For example:


public class Frog
{
        public void JumpLow() { Jump(1); }
        public void JumpHigh() { Jump(10); }

          private void Jump(int height) { _height += height;}

          private int _height = 0;
}



     In this example, the public method the Frog class exposes are JumpLow and JumpHigh. Inter-
nally, they are implemented using the private Jump function that can jump to any height. This
operation is not visible to an outside user, so he cannot make the frog jump 100 meters, only 10



                                                - 90 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



or 1. The Jump private method is implemented by changing the value of a private data member
_height, which is also not visible to an outside user. Some private data members are made visible
by C Sharp Programming/Properties.



Protection Levels

Private
     Private members are only accessible within the class itself. A method in another class, even
a class derived from the class with private members cannot access the members.


Protected
     Protected members can be accessed by the class itself and by any class derived from that
class.


Public
    Public members can be accessed by any method in any class.


Internal
    Internal members are accessible only in the same assembly and invisible outside it.




                                               - 91 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




       NET Framework overview

    The .NET Framework is a common environment for building, deploying, and running Web
Services, Web Applications, Windows Services and Windows Applications. The .NET Frame-
work contains common class libraries - like ADO.NET, ASP.NET and Windows Forms - to
provide advanced standard services that can be integrated into a variety of computer systems.



Introduction
     C# is a language in itself. It can perform mathematical and logical operation, variable assign-
ment and other expected traits of a programming language. This in itself is not flexible enough
for more complex applications. At some stage, the developer will want to interact with the host
system whether it be reading files or downloading content from the internet.

     The .NET framework is a toolset developed for the Windows platform to allow the developer
to interact with the host system or any external entity whether it be another process, or another
computer. The .NET platform is a Windows platform specific implementation. Other operating
systems have their own implementations due to the differences in the operating systems I/O
management, security models and interfaces.




                                                - 92 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Background
  •   .NET was originally called NGWS(Next Generation Windows Services).
  •   .NET does not run IN any browser. It is a RUNTIME language (Common Language
      Runtime) like the Java runtime. Silverlight does run in a browser, but has nothing to
      do with .NET.
  •   .NET is based on the newest Web standards.

  •   .NET is built on the following Internet standards

  •      •   HTTP, the communication protocol between Internet Applications
         •   XML, the format for exchanging data between Internet Applications
         •   SOAP, the standard format for requesting Web Services
         •   UDDI, the standard to search and discover Web Services




                                            - 93 -



                                by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                               Inheritance

Inheritance
     Inheritance is the ability to create a class from another class, the "parent" class, extending
the functionality and state of the parent in the derived, or "child", class.

    Inheritance in C# also allows derived classes to overload methods from their parent class.

    Inheritance(by Mine)



Subtyping Inheritance
     The code sample below shows two classes, Employee and Executive. Employee has the
following methods, GetPayCheck and Work.

    We want the Executive class to have the same methods, but differently implemented and
one extra method, AdministerEmployee.

    Below is the creation of the first class to be derived from, Employee.


public class Employee
   {
       // we declare one method virtual so that the Executive class can
       // override it.
       public virtual void GetPayCheck()
       {
           //get paycheck logic here.
       }

         //Employee's and Executives both work, so no virtual here needed.
         public void Work()
         {
             //do work logic here.



                                                - 94 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



        }
   }



    Now, we create an Executive class that will override the GetPayCheck method.


public class Executive : Employee
   {
       // the override keyword indicates we want new logic behind the GetPay-
Check method.
       public override void GetPayCheck()
       {
           //new getpaycheck logic here.
       }

        // the extra method is implemented.
        public void AdministerEmployee()
        {
            // manage employee logic here
        }
   }



     You'll notice that there is no Work method in the Executive class, it is not required, since
that method is automatically added to the Executive class, because it derives its methods from
Employee, which has the Work method.


static void Main(string[] args)
       {
            Employee emp = new Employee;
            Executive exec = new Executive;

               emp.Work();
               exec.Work();
               emp.GetPayCheck();
               exec.GetPayCheck();
               exec.AdministerEmployee();
        }




                                               - 95 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Inheritance keywords
   How C# inherits from another class syntacticaly is using the ":" character.

   Example. public class Executive : Employee

   To indicate a method that can be overridden, you mark the method with virtual.


public virtual void Write(string text)
{
   System.Console.WriteLine("Text:{0}", text);
}



   To override a method use the override keyword


public override void Write(string text)
{
   System.Console.WriteLine(text);
}




                                              - 96 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                  Interfaces

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     An interface in C# is type definition similar to a class except that it purely represents a con-
tract between an object and a user of the object. An interface cannot be directly instantiated as
an object. No data members can be defined in an interface. Methods and properties can only be
declared, not defined. For example, the following defines a simple interface:


 interface IShape
 {
   void Draw();
   double X { get; set; }
   double Y { get; set; }
 }



     A convention used in the .NET Framework (and likewise by many C# programmers) is to
place an "I" at the beginning of an interface name to distinguish it from a class name. Another
common interface naming convention is used when an interface declares only one key method,
such Draw() in the above example. The interface name is then formed by adding the suffix "able"
to the method name. So, in the above example, the interface name would be IDrawable. This
convention is also used throughout the .NET Framework.

      Implementing an interface is simply done by inheriting off the interface and then defining
all the methods and properties declared by the interface. For example:


class Square : IShape
{
     private double mX, mY;



                                                 - 97 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




      public void Draw() { ... }

      public double X
      {
           set { mX = value; }
           get { return mX; }
      }

      public double Y
      {
           set { mY = value; }
           get { return mY; }
      }
}



     Although a class can only inherit from one other class, it can inherit from any number of
interfaces. This is simplified form of multiple inheritance supported by C#. When inheriting from
a class and one or more interfaces, the base class should be provided first in the inheritance list
followed by any interfaces to be implemented. For example:


class MyClass : Class1, Interface1, Interface2 { ... }



    Object references can be declared using an interface type. For example, using the previous
examples:


class MyClass
{
     static void Main()
     {
          IShape shape = new Square();
          shape.Draw();
     }
}



    Intefaces can inherit off of any number of other interfaces but cannot inherit from classes.
For example:


interface IRotateable


                                                - 98 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



{
      void Rotate(double theta);
}




interface IDrawable : IRotateable
{
     void Draw();
}




Additional Details
     Access specifiers (i.e. private, internal, etc) cannot be provided for interface members. All
members are public. A class implementing an interface must define all the members declared by
the interface as public. The implementing class has the option of making an implemented method
virtual if it is expected to be overridden in a a child class.

    In addition to methods and properties, interfaces can declare events and indexers as well.




                                                - 99 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                Delegates and Events

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



Introduction
     Events and delegates are fundamental to any Windows or Web Application. These allow the
developer to "subscribe" to particular actions carried out by the user. Therefore instead of expect-
ing everything and filtering out what you want, you choose what you want to be notified of and
react to that action.

     A delegate is a way of telling C# which method to call when an event is triggered. For exam-
ple, if you click a Button on a form, the program would call a specific method. It is this pointer
which is a delegate. Delegates are good because you can notify several methods that an event
has occurred, if you so wish.

    An event is a notification by the .NET framework that an action has occurred. Each event
contains information about the specific event, e.g., a mouse click would say which mouse button
was clicked and where on the form it was clicked.




                                               - 100 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     Lets say you write a program that only reacts to a Button click, here is the sequence of events
that occurs:

      •   User presses the mouse down on a button
             • The .NET framework raises a MouseDown event
      •   User releases the mouse button
             • The .NET framework raises a MouseUp event
             • The .NET framework raises a MouseClick event
             • The .NET framework raises a Clicked event on the Button

    Since the button's click event has been subscribed, the rest of the events are ignored by the
program and your delegate tells the .NET framework which method to call, now that the event
has been raised.



Delegates
      Delegates are a construct for abstracting and creating objects that reference methods and can
be used to call those methods. Delegates form the basis of event handling in C#. A delegate
declaration specifies a particular method signature. References to one or more methods can be
added to a delegate instance. The delegate instance can then be "called" which effectively calls
all the methods that have been added to the delegate instance. A simple example:


delegate void Procedure();

class DelegateDemo
{
    static void Method1()
    {
         Console.WriteLine("Method 1");
    }

     static void Method2()
     {
          Console.WriteLine("Method 2");
     }

     void Method3()
     {
          Console.WriteLine("Method 3");
     }

     static void Main()



                                               - 101 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



      {
            Procedure someProcs = null;
            someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method1);
            someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method2);
            DelegateDemo demo = new DelegateDemo();
            someProcs += new Procedure(demo.Method3);
            someProcs();
      }
}



     In this example, the delegate is declared by the line delegate void Procedure(); This statement
is a complete abstraction. It does not result in executable code that does any work. It merely de-
clares a delegate type called Procedure which takes no arguments and returns nothing. Next, in
the Main() method, the statement Procedure someProcs = null; instantiates a delegate. Something
concrete has now been created. The assignment of null to someProcs means that the delegate is
not initially referencing any methods. The statements someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDe-
mo.Method1); and someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method2); add two static
methods to the delegate instance. (Note: the class name could have been left off of DelegateDe-
mo.Method1 and DelegateDemo.Method2 because the statement is occurring in the DelegateDe-
mo class.) The statement someProcs += new Procedure(demo.Method3); adds a non-static
method to the delegate instance. For a non-static method, the method name is preceded by an
object reference. When the delegate instance is called, Method3() is called on the object that was
supplied when the method was added to the delegate instance. Finally, the statement someProcs();
calls the delegate instance. All the methods that were added to the delegate instance are now
called in the order that they were added.

      Methods that have been added to a delegate instance can be removed with the -= operator:


    someProcess -= new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method1);



     In C# 2.0, adding or removing a method reference to a delegate instance can be shortened
as follows:


      someProcess += DelegateDemo.Method1;
      someProcess -= DelegateDemo.Method1;




                                               - 102 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    Invoking a delegate instance that presently contains no method references results in a Null-
ReferenceException.

     Note that if a delegate declaration specifies a return type and multiple methods are added to
a delegate instance, then an invocation of the delegate instance returns the return value of the last
method referenced. The return values of the other methods cannot be retrieved (unless explicitly
stored somewhere in addition to being returned).



Events
     An event is a special kind of delegate that facilitates event-driven programming. Events are
class members which cannot be called outside of the class regardless of its access specifier. So,
for example, an event declared to be public would allow other classes the use of += and -= on
the event, but firing the event (i.e. invoking the delegate) is only allowed in the class containing
the event. A simple example:


delegate void ButtonClickedHandler();

class Button
{
    public event ButtonClickedHandler ButtonClicked;

     public void SimulateClick()
     {
          if (ButtonClicked != null)
          {
               ButtonClicked();
          }
     }

     ...

}



     A method in another class can then subscribe to the event by adding one of its methods to
the event delegate:


Button b = new Button();




                                                - 103 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



b.ButtonClicked += MyHandler;



     Even though the event is declared public, it cannot be directly fired anywhere except in the
class containing the event.




                                              - 104 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                        Abstract classes

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     In general terms, an interface is the set of public members of a component. Of course, a C#
interface is an interface that defines a set of public members. A C# class also defines an interface
because it has a set of public members. A nonabstract C# class also defines the implementation
of each member.

     In C# it is possible to have a type that is intermediate between a pure interface that does not
define any implementation, and a type that defines a complete implementation. This is called an
abstract class.

    You define an abstract class by including the abstract keyword on the class definition.

     An abstract class is somewhere between a C# interface and a nonabstract class. Of the public
members defined by an abstract class, any number of those members may include an implementa-
tion.

    For example, an abstract class might provide an implementation for none of its members.


public abstract class AbstractShape
{
   public abstract void Draw(Graphics g);
   public abstract double X {get; set;}
   public abstract double Y {get; set;}
}




                                               - 105 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     This class is equivalent to an interface in many respects. (One difference is that a class that
derives from this class cannot derive from any other class.)

    An abstract class may also define all of its members.


public abstract class AbstractShape
{
   private double x;
   private double y;
   //
   // ... (other members)
   //
   public void Draw(Graphics g) {g.DrawRectangle(Pens.Black, g_rect);}
   public double X {get{return x;}}
   public double Y {get{return y;}}
}



    And an abstract class may define some of its members but leave others undefined.


public abstract class AbstractShape
{
   private double x;
   private double y;
   //
   // ... (other members)
   //
   public abstract void Draw(Graphics g);
   public double X {get{return x;}}
   public double Y {get{return y;}}
}



    An abstract class is similar to a nonabstract class, but there are some important differences.

    For one thing, you cannot create an instance of an abstract class with the new keyword. For
example, the following statement will raise a compiler error:


   AbstractShape shape = new AbstractShape();




                                               - 106 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



   Of course, assuming the concrete class Square derives from AbstractShape, the following
would be correct:


   AbstractShape shape = new Square();



     A second difference is that an abstract class can contain abstract members. As was shown
above, it does not have to contain abstract members. The point is that a nonabstract class may
not contain abstract members. That is, you must include the abstract keyword on the class if you
include even one abstract member.

     The third difference is that an abstract class cannot be sealed. That is, you cannot use both
the abstract keyword and the sealed keyword on the same class.




                                               - 107 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                           Partial classes

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note



Partial Classes
    As the name indicates, partial class definitions can be split up across multiple physical files.
To the compiler, this does not make a difference as all the fragments of the partial class are
grouped and the compiler treats it as a single class. One common usage of partial classes is the
separation of automatically generated code from programmer written code.

    Below is the example of a partial class.

    Listing 1: Entire class definition in one file (file1.cs)


public class Node
{
    public bool Delete()
    {
    }

     public bool Create()
     {
     }
}



    Listing 2: Class split across multiple files



                                                - 108 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



   (file1.cs)


public partial class Node
{
    public bool Delete()
    {
    }
}



   (file2.cs)


public partial class Node
{
    public bool Create()
    {
    }
}




                                       - 109 -



                            by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                Collections

Lists
    It is one type of collection A list is a dynamic array which resizes itself as needed if more
data is inserted than it can hold at the time of insertion. Items can be inserted at any index,
deleted at any index and accessed at any index. The C# non-generic list class is the ArrayList,
while the generic one is List<T>.



LinkedLists
    Items in a linked list can be accessed directly only one after the other. Of course an item at
any index can be accessed, but the list must iterate to the item from the first one, which is much
slower than accessing items by index in an array or a list. There is no non-generic list in C#,
while the generic one is LinkedList<T>.



Queues
    A queue is a FIFO (first in - first out) collection. The item first pushed in the queue gets
taken first with the pop function. Only the first item is accessible at any time, and items can only
be put to the end. The non-generic queue class is called Queue, while the generic one is
Queue<T>.




                                               - 110 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Stacks
     A stack is a LIFO (last in - first out) collection. The item pushed in first will be the last to
be taken by pop. Only the last item is accessible at any time, and items can only be put at the top.
The non-generic stack class is Stack, while the generic one is Stack<T>.



Dictionaries
    A dictionary is a collection of values with keys. The values can be very complex, yet
searching the keys is still fast. The non-generic class is Hashtable, while the generic one is Dictio-
nary<T>.




                                                - 111 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                   Generics

    Generics is essentially the ability to have type parameters on your type. They are also called
parameterized types or parametric polymorphism. The classic example is a List collection class.
A List is a convenient growable array. It has a sort method, you can index into it, and so on.



Generic Interfaces
    MSDN2 Entry for Generic Interfaces



Generic Classes
   There are cases when you need to create a class to manage objects of some type, without
modifying them. Without Generics, the usual approach (highly simplified) to make such class
would be like this:


public class SomeObjectContainer
{
    private object obj;

     public SomeObjectContainer(object obj)
     {
         this.obj = obj;
     }

     public object getObject()
     {
         return this.obj;
     }
}


    And its usage would be:



                                               - 112 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




class Program
{
    static void Main(string[] args)
    {
         SomeObjectContainer container = new SomeObjectContainer(25);
         SomeObjectContainer container2 = new SomeObjectContainer(5);
       Console.WriteLine((int)container.getObject() + (int)container2.getOb-
ject());

        Console.ReadKey(); // wait for user to press any key, so we could see
 results
    }
}


     Notice that we have to cast back to original data type we have chosen (in this case - int) ev-
ery time we want to get an object from such a container. In such small programs like this every-
thing is clear. But in more complicated cases with more containers in different parts of the pro-
gram, we would have to take care that the container is supposed to have int type in it, would not
have a string or any other data type. If that happens, InvalidCastException is thrown.

    Additionally, if the original data type we have chosen is a struct type, such as int, we will
incur a performance penalty every time we access the elements of the collection, due to the Auto-
boxing feature of C#.

    However, we could surround every unsafe area with try - catch block, or we could create a
separate "container" for every data type we need, just to avoid casting. While both ways could
work (and worked for many years), it is unnecessary now, because Generics offers a much more
elegant solution.

     To make our "container" class to support any object and avoid casting, we replace every
previous object type with some new name, in this case - T, and add <T> mark immediately after
the class name to indicate that this "T" type is Generic / any type.

      Note: You can choose any name and use more than one generic type for class, i.e <genKey,
      genVal>


public class GenericObjectContainer<T>
{
    private T obj;

     public GenericObjectContainer(T obj)
     {
         this.obj = obj;


                                               - 113 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     }

     public T getObject()
     {
         return this.obj;
     }
}


    Not a big difference, which results in simple and safe usage:


class Program
{
    static void Main(string[] args)
    {
        GenericObjectContainer<int> container = new GenericObjectContain-
er<int>(25);
        GenericObjectContainer<int> container2 = new GenericObjectContain-
er<int>(5);
        Console.WriteLine(container.getObject() + container2.getObject());

        Console.ReadKey(); // wait for user to press any key, so we could see
 results
    }
}


     Generics ensures that you specify the type for a "container" only when creating it, and after
that you will be able to use only the type you specified. But now you can create containers for
different object types, and avoid the previously mentioned problems. In addition, this avoids the
Autoboxing for struct types.

     While this example is far from practical, it does illustrate some situations where generics
are useful:

      •   You need to keep objects of a single type in a class
      •   You don't need to modify objects
      •   You need to manipulate objects in some way
      •   You wish to store a "value type" (such as int, short, string, or any custom struct) in a
          collection class without incurring the performance penalty of Autoboxing every time
          you manipulate the stored elements.




                                               - 114 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Generic lists
   A generic list is an indexed list, so any of its items can be directly accessed by its index.

   Many of its methods and properties are demonstrated in the following example:


using System;
using System.Collections;
using System.Collections.Generic;

namespace csharp_generic_list
{
    class MainClass
    {
        public static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            Console.WriteLine("List<T> demo");
            // creating an instance which accepts strings
            List<string> foods = new List<string>();

              // adding some items one by one with Add()
              foods.Add("bread");
              foods.Add("butter");
              foods.Add("chocolate");

            // adding a simple string array with AddRange()
            string[] subList1 = {"orange", "apple", "strawberry", "grapes",
"kiwi", "banana"};
            foods.AddRange(subList1);

              // adding another List<string> with AddRange()
              List<string> anotherFoodList = new List<string>();
              anotherFoodList.Add("yoghurt");
              anotherFoodList.Add("tomato");
              anotherFoodList.Add("roast beef");
              anotherFoodList.Add("vanilla cake");
              foods.AddRange(anotherFoodList);

              // removing "orange" with Remove()
              foods.Remove("orange");

              // removing the 5th (index = 4) item ("strawberry") with Re-
moveAt()
              foods.RemoveAt(4);

             // removing a range (4-7: all fruits) with RemoveRange(int index,


                                              - 115 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



 int count)
              foods.RemoveRange(3, 4);

              // sorting the list
              foods.Sort();

              // printing the sorted foods
              foreach (string item in foods)
              {
                  Console.Write("| " + item + " ");
              }
              Console.WriteLine("|");

              // removing all items from foods
              foods.Clear();

              // printing the current item count in foods
              Console.WriteLine("The list now has {0} items.", foods.Count);
         }
    }
}


    The terminal output is:


List<T> demo
| bread | butter | chocolate | roast beef | tomato | vanilla cake | yoghurt
|
The list now has 0 items.




                                         - 116 -



                              by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Generic linked lists

Generic queues

Generic stacks

Generic dictionaries

Generic Methods

Generic Delegates

Generic Events




                                  - 117 -



                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                         Object Lifetime

Introduction
    All computer programs use up memory, whether that is a variable in memory, opening a file
or connecting to a database. The question is how can the runtime environment reclaim any
memory when it is not being used? There are 3 answers to this question:

      •   If you are using a managed resource, this is automatically released by the Garbage
          Collector
      •   If you are using an unmanaged resource, you must use the IDisposable interface to as-
          sist with the cleanup
      •   If you are calling the Garbage Collector directly, by using System.GC.Collect() method,
          it will be forced to tidy up resources immediately.

     Before discussing managed and unmanaged resources, it would be interesting to know what
the garbage collector actually does.


Garbage Collector
     The garbage collector is a background process running within your program. It is always
present within all .NET applications. Its job is to look for objects (i.e. reference types) which are
no longer being used by your program. If the object is assigned to null, or the object goes out of
scope, the garbage collector will mark the object be cleaned up at some point in the future, and
not necessarily have its resources released immediately!




                                                - 118 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     Why? The garbage collector will have a hard time keeping up with every de-allocation you
make, especially at the speed the program runs and therefore only runs when resources become
limited. Therefore, the garbage collector has 3 "generations".

      •   Generation 0 - the most recently created objects
      •   Generation 1 - the mid-life objects
      •   Generation 2 - the long term objects.

    All reference types will exist in one of these 3 generations. They will firstly be allocated to
Gen 0, then moved to Gen 1 and Gen 2 depending on their lifetime. The garbage collector works
by removing only what is needed and so will only scan Gen 0 for a quick-fix solution. This is
because most if not all local variables are placed in this area.

    For more in-depth information, visit the MSDN Article for a better explanation.

    Now you know about the garbage collector, lets discuss the resources that it is managing.


Managed Resources
     Managed resources are objects which run totally within the .NET framework. All memory
is reclaimed for you automatically, all resources closed and you are in most cases /guaranteed/
to have all the memory released after the application closes, or when the garbage collector runs.

      You do not have to do anything with them with regards to closing connections or anything,
it is a self-tidying object.


Unmanaged Resources
     There are circumstances where the .NET framework world will not release resources. This
may be because the object references resources outside of the .NET framework, like the operating
system, or internally references another unmanaged component, or that the resources accesses a
component that uses COM, COM+ or DCOM.

     Whatever the reason, if you are using an object that implements the IDisposable interface
at a class level, then you too need to implement the IDisposable interface too.


public interface IDisposable
{




                                               - 119 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



       public void Dispose();
}


     This interface exposes a method called Dispose(). This alone will not help tidy up resources,
as it is only an interface, so the developer must use it correctly in order to ensure the resources
are released. The two steps are:

      1. Always call Dispose() on any object that implements IDisposable as soon as you are
         finished using it. (This can be made easier with the using keyword)
      2. Use the finalizer method to call Dispose(), so that if anyone has not closed your re-
         sources, your code will do it for them.

     See the IDisposable section for a full implementation.


Applications
     If you are coming to C# from Visual Basic Classic you will have seen code like this:


Public Function Read(ByRef FileName) As String

      Dim oFSO As FileSystemObject
      Set oFSO = New FileSystemObject

      Dim oFile As TextStream
      Set oFile = oFSO.OpenTextFile(FileName, ForReading, False)
      Read = oFile.ReadLine

    End Function


     Note that neither oFSO nor oFile are explicitly disposed of. In Visual Basic Classic this is
not necessary because both objects are declared locally. This means that the reference count goes
to zero as soon as the function ends which results in calls to the Terminate event handlers of both
objects. Those event handlers close the file and release the associated resources.

    In C# this doesn't happen because the objects are not reference counted. The finalizers will
not be called until the garbage collector decides to dispose of the objects. If the program uses
very little memory this could be a long time.




                                               - 120 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    This causes a problem because the file is held open which might prevent other processes
from accessing it.

   In many languages the solution is to explicitly close the file and dispose of the objects and
many C# programmers do just that. However, there is a better way: use the using statement:


 public read(string fileName)
 {
    using (TextReader textReader = new StreamReader(filename))
    {
       return textReader.ReadLine();
    }
 }



     Behind the scenes the compiler turns the using statement into try..finally and produces this
intermediate language (IL) code:


 .method public hidebysig static string Read(string FileName) cil managed
 {
   // Code size       39 (0x27)
   .maxstack 5
   .locals init (class [mscorlib]System.IO.TextReader V_0,
            string V_1)
   IL_0000: ldarg.0
   IL_0001: newobj      instance void [mscorlib]System.IO.StreamRead-
er::.ctor(string)
   IL_0006: stloc.0
   .try
   {
     IL_0007: ldloc.0
    IL_0008: callvirt instance string [mscorlib]System.IO.TextReader::Read-
Line()
     IL_000d: stloc.1
     IL_000e: leave       IL_0025
     IL_0013: leave       IL_0025
   } // end .try
   finally
   {
     IL_0018: ldloc.0
     IL_0019: brfalse     IL_0024
     IL_001e: ldloc.0
     IL_001f: callvirt    instance void [mscorlib]System.IDisposable::Dis-
pose()
     IL_0024: endfinally



                                              - 121 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



   } // end      handler
   IL_0025:      ldloc.1
   IL_0026:      ret
 } // end of     method Using::Read


    Notice that the body of the Read function has been split into three parts: initialisation, try,
and finally. The finally block includes code that was never explicitly specified in the original C#
source code, namely a call to the destructor of the Streamreader instance.

    See Understanding the 'using' statement in C# By TiNgZ aBrAhAm.

    See the following sections for more applications of this technique.


Resource Acquisition Is Initialisation
    The application of the using statement in the introduction is an example of an idiom called
Resource Acquisition Is Initialisation (RAII).

     RAII is a natural technique in languages like Visual Basic Classic and C++ that have deter-
ministic finalization but usually requires extra work to include in programs written in garbage
collected languages like C# and VB.NET. The using statement makes it just as easy. Of course
you could write the try..finally code out explicitly and in some cases that will still be necessary.
For a thorough discussion of the RAII technique see HackCraft: The RAII Programming Idiom.
Wikipedia has a brief note on the subject as well: Resource Acquisition Is Initialization.

    Work in progress: add C# versions showing incorrect and correct methods with and without
using. Add notes on RAII, memoization and cacheing (see OOP wikibook).


     The C Sharp Programming/Object Lifetime module or this section of C Sharp Programming
is a stub.
     You can help Wikibooks by expanding it.




                                               - 122 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                        Design Patterns

     Design Patterns are common building blocks designed to solve everyday software issues.
Some basic terms and example of such patterns include what we see in everyday life. Key pat-
terns are the singleton pattern, the factory pattern, and chain of responsibility patterns.



Table Of Contents (TOC)

Factory Pattern
    The factory pattern is a method call that uses abstract classes and its implementations, to
give the developer the most appropriate class for the job.

    Lets create a couple of classes first to demonstrate how this can be used. Here we take the
example of a bank system.


public abstract Transaction
{
     private string _sourceAccount;

     //May not be needed in most cases, but may on transfers, closures and
corrections.
     private string _destinationAccount;

      private decimal _amount;
      public decimal Amount { get { return _amount; } }

      private DateTime _transactionDate;
      private DateTime _effectiveDate;

      public Transaction(string source, string destination, decimal amount)
      {
           _sourceAccount = source;
           _destinationAccount = destination;
           _amount = amount;



                                              - 123 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



            _transactionDate = DateTime.Now;
     }

     public Transaction(string source, string destination, decimal amount,
DateTime effectiveDate) : this(source, destination, amount)
     {
          _effectiveDate = effectiveDate;
     }

     protected decimal AdjustBalance(string accountNumber, decimal amount)
     {
          decimal newBalance = decimal.MinValue;

            using(Mainframe.ICOMInterface mf = new Mainframe.COMInterface-
Class())
            {
                string dateFormat = DateTime.Now.ToString("yyyyMMdd HH:mm:ss");

                  mf.Credit(dateFormat, accountNumber, amount);
                newBalance = mf.GetBalance( DateTime.Now.AddSeconds(1), account-
Number);
            }

            return newBalance;
     }

     public abstract bool Complete();
}


    This Transaction class is incomplete, as there are many types of transactions:

     •   Opening
     •   Credits
     •   Withdrawals
     •   Transfers
     •   Penalty
     •   Correction
     •   Closure

    For this example, we will take credit and withdrawal portions, and create classes for them.


public Credit : Transaction
{
     //Implementations hidden for simplicity




                                              - 124 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



      public bool Complete()
      {
           this.AdjustBalance( _sourceAccount, amount);
      }
}

public Withdrawal : Transaction
{
     //Implementations hidden for simplicity

      public bool Complete()
      {
           this.AdjustBalance( _sourceAccount, -amount);
      }
}


    The problem is that these classes do much of the same thing, so it would be helpful if we
could just give it the values, and it will work out what class type we require. Therefore, we could
come up with some ways to distinguish between the different types of transactions:

      •   Positive values indicate a credit.
      •   Negative values indicate a withdrawal.
      •   Having 2 account numbers and a positive value would indicate a transfer.
      •   Having 2 account numbers and a negative value would indicate a closure.
      •   etc

   So, let us write a new class with a static method that will do this logic for us, ending the
name Factory:


public class TransactionFactory
{
     public static Transaction Create( string source, string destination,
decimal amount )
     {
          if( string.IsNullOrEmpty(destination) )
          {
               if(amount >= 0)
                    return new Credit( source, null, amount);
               else
                    return new Withdrawal( source, null, amount);
          }
          else
          {
               //Other implementations here
          }



                                               - 125 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



        }
}


    Now, you can use this class to do all of the logic and processing, and be assured that the type
you are returned is correct.


public class MyProgram
{
     static void Main()
     {
          decimal randomAmount = new Random().Next() * 1000000;
         Transaction t = TransactionFactory.Create("123456","",randomAmount);

             //t.Complete(); <-- This would carry out the requested transaction.


              Console.WriteLine("{0}: {1:C}",t.GetType().Name, t.Amount);
        }
}




Singleton
     The singleton pattern instantiates only 1 object, and reuses this object for the entire lifetime
of the process. This is useful if you wish the object to maintain state, or if it takes lots of resources
to set the object up. Below is a basic implementation:


public class MySingletonExample
{
   private Hashtable sharedHt;

    public Hashtable Singleton
    {
       get
       {
           if(sharedHt == null)
              sharedHt = new Hashtable();

             return sharedHt;
         }

         set { ; } //Not implemented as this would invalidate the pattern
    }



                                                 - 126 -



                                      by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




    //Class implementation here..
}


    The Singleton property will expose the same instance to all callers. Upon the first call, the
object is initialised and on subsequent calls this is used.

    Examples of this pattern include:

      •   HttpApplication (Application object in ASP .NET)
      •   HttpServerUtility (Server object in ASP .NET)
      •   HttpCacheUtility (Cache object in ASP .NET)
      •   ConfigurationSettings (Generic settings reader)




                                              - 127 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    abstract

     Abstract Classes are those which contain only the declaration of other classes and methods.
Those methods which can be defined inside the class are defined except for which we can't create
the definition. Those methods which are declared in a ABSTRACT Class can be defined outside
of the ABSTRACT Class as a individual method.




                                              - 128 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                               as

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The as keyword casts an object to a different type. It is therefore similar to the TypeA varA
= (TypeA) varB syntax. The difference is that this keyword returns null if the object was of an
incompatible type, while the former method throws a type-cast exception in that case.


See also
      •   is




                                              - 129 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                           base

     The keyword base describes that you would like to refer to the base class for the requested
information, not in the current instantiated class.

     A base class is the class in which the currently implemented class inherits from. When creat-
ing a class with no defined base class, the compiler automatically uses the System.Object base
class.

    Therefore the 2 declarations below are equivelant.


public class MyClass
{
}

public class MyClass : System.Object
{
}


    Some of the reasons the base keyword is used is:

      •   Passing information to the base class's constructor


public class MyCustomException : System.Exception
{
     public MyCustomException() : base() { }

     public MyCustomerException(string message, Exception innerException) :
base(message,innerException) { }

      //......
}


      •   Recalling variables in the base class, where the newly implemented class is overriding
          its behaviour




                                               - 130 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




public class MyBaseClass
{
     protected string className = "MyBaseClass";
}

public class MyNewClass : MyBaseClass
{
     protected new string className = "MyNewClass";

     public override string BaseClassName
     {
          get { return base.className; }
     }
}


    •    Recalling methods in the base class. This is useful when you want to add to a method,
         but still keep the underlying implementation.


//Necessary using's here

public class _Default : System.Web.UI.Page
{
     protected void InitializeCulture()
     {
         System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = CultureIn-
fo.GetSpecificCulture(Page.UICulture);

            base.InitializeCulture();
     }
}




                                             - 131 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                          bool

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The bool keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Boolean. That is, it
represents a value of true or false. Unlike in C++, whose boolean is actually an integer, a bool
in C# is its own data type and cannot be cast to any other primitive type.




                                              - 132 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        break

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The keyword break is used to exit out of a loop.


int x;

while( x < 20 ){

    if( x > 10 ) break;

    x++;
}


     The while loop would increment x as long as it was less than twenty. However when x is
incremented to ten the condition in the if statement becomes true, so the break statement causes
the while loop to be broken and execution would continue after the closing parentheses.




                                              - 133 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                           byte

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The byte keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Byte. That is, it repre-
sents an 8-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 255.




                                               - 134 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         case

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The keyword case is often used in a switch statement.




                                             - 135 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        catch

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The keyword catch is used to identify a statement or statement block for execution if an
exception occurs in the body of the enclosing try block. The catch clause may optionally be fol-
lowed by a finally clause.




                                              - 136 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                           char

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The char keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Char. That is, it repre-
sents a Unicode character whose from 0 to 65,535.




                                               - 137 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        class

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The class keyword is used to declare a class.




                                             - 138 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         const

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The const keyword is used in field and local variable declarations to make the variable
constant. It is thus associated with its declaring class or assembly instead of with an instance of
the class or with a method call. It is syntactically invalid to assign a value to such a variable
anywhere other than its declaration.




                                               - 139 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    continue

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The keyword continue can be used inside any loop in a method. Its affect is to end the cur-
rent loop iteration and proceed to the next one. If executed inside a for, end-of-loop statement is
executed (just like normal loop termination).




                                               - 140 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                   decimal

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

      The decimal keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in
cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Decimal. That
is, it represents a signed, 128-bit decimal number whose value is 0 or a decimal number with 28
or 29 digits of precision ranging either from               to               or from
to             .




                                              - 141 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                     default

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The default keyword can be used in the switch statement or in generic code:

     •   The switch statement: Specifies the default label.
     •   Generic code: Specifies the default value of the type parameter. This will be null for
         reference types and zero for value types.

    Note* From MSDN




                                              - 142 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                  delegate

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The delegate keyword is used to declare a delegate. A delegate is a programming construct
that is used to obtain a callable reference to a method of a class.




                                             - 143 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                             do

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The do keyword identifies the beginning of a do...while loop.




                                             - 144 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                     double

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The double keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Double. That is, it
represents an IEEE 754, 64-bit signed binary floating point number whose value is negative 0,
positive 0, negative infinity, positive infinity, not a number, or a number ranging either from
               to                 or from                to            .




                                              - 145 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                           else

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The else keyword identifies a else clause of an if statement with the following syntax:

     if-statement ::= "if" "(" condition ")" if-body "else" else-body
     condition ::= boolean-expression
     if-body ::= statement-or-statement-block
     else-body ::= statement-or-statement-block

      An else clause immediately follows an if-body. It provides code to execute when the condi-
tion is false. Making the else-body another if statement creates the common cascade of if, else
if, else if, else if, else statements:


using System;

public class IfStatementSample
{
     public void IfMyNumberIs()
     {
         int myNumber = 5;
         if ( myNumber == 4 )
              Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  4.");
           if( myNumber < 0 )
         {
              Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  negative.");
         }
           if( myNumber % 2 == 0 )
              Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not



                                              - 146 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



 even.");

         {
            Console.WriteLine("myNumber does not match the coded conditions,
 so this sentence will be shown!");
        }
    }
}



     The above example only checks whether myNumber is less than 0 if myNumber is not 4. It
in turn only checks whether myNumber % 2 is 0 if myNumber is not less than 0. Since none of
the conditions are true, it executes the body of the final else clause.




                                            - 147 -



                                 by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       enum

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The enum keyword identifies an enumeration.




                                             - 148 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       event

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The event keyword is used to declare a event.




                                             - 149 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                     explicit

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note


General
    When values are cast implicitally, the runtime does not need any casting in code by the devel-
oper in order for the value to be converted to its new type.

    Here is an example, where the developer is casting explicitly:


//Example of explicit casting.
float fNumber = 100.00f;
int iNumber = (int)fNumber;


    The developer has told the runtime, "I know what I'm doing, force this conversion."

    Implicit casting means that runtime doesn't need any prompting in order to do the conversion.
Here is an example of this.


//Example of implicit casting.
byte bNumber = 10;
int iNumber = bNumber;




                                               - 150 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




Keyword
     Notice that no casting was necessary by the developer. What is special about implicit, is that
the context that the type is converted to is totally lossless i.e. converting to this type loses no infor-
mation, so it can be converted back without worry.

    The explicit keyword is used to create type conversion operators which can only be used by
specifying an explicit type cast.

    This construct is useful to help software developers write more readable code. Having an
explicit cast name makes it clear that a conversion is taking place.


class Something
{
  public static explicit operator Something(string s)
  {
     // convert the string to Something
  }
}

string x = "hello";

// Implicit conversion (string to Something) generates a compile time error
Something s = x;

// This statement is correct (explicit type name conversion)
Something s = (Something) x;




                                                  - 151 -



                                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       extern

    The keyword extern indicates that the method being called exists in a DLL.

   A tool called "tlbimp.exe" can create a wrapper assembly that allows C# to interact with the
DLL like it was a .NET assembly i.e. use constructors to instantiate it, call its methods.

    Older DLLs will not work with this method. Instead, you have to explicitally tell the compil-
er what DLL to call, what method to call and what parameters to pass. Since parameter type is
very important, you can also explicitally define what type the parameter should be passed to the
method as.

    Here is an example:


using System;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;

namespace ExternKeyword
{
      public class Program
      {
           static void Main()
           {
               NativeMethods.MessageBoxEx(IntPtr.Zero, "Hello there", "Caption
  here",0,0);
           }
      }

     public class NativeMethods
     {
          [DllImport("user32.dll")]
         public static extern MessageBoxEx(IntPtr hWnd, string lpText, string
 lpCaption, uint uType, short wLanguageId);
     }
}




                                              - 152 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     The [DllImport("user32.dll")] tells the compiler which DLL to reference. Windows searches
for files as defined by the PATH environment variable, and therefore will search those paths be-
fore failing.

    The method is also static because the DLL may not understand how to be "created", as DLLs
can be created in different languages. This allows the method to be called directly, instead of
being instantiated and then used.




                                              - 153 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        false

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The true keyword is a boolean constant value.




                                             - 154 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       finally

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The keyword finally is used to identify a statement or statement block after a try-catch block
for execution regardless of whether the associated try block encountered an exception. The finally
block is used to perform cleanup activities.




                                               - 155 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         fixed

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

   The fixed keyword is used to prevent the garbage collector from relocating a variable. You
may only use this in an unsafe context.


fixed (int *c = &shape.color) {

    *c = Color.White;

}


    If you are using C# 2.0 or greater, the fixed may also be used to declare a fixed-size array.
This is useful when creating code that works with a DLL or COM project.

    Your array must be composed of one of the primitive types: bool, byte, char, short, int,
long, sbyte, ushort, ulong, float, or double.


protected fixed int monthdays[12];




                                              - 156 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                          float

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The float keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Single. That is, it
represents a IEEE 754, 32-bit signed binary floating point number whose value is negative 0,
positive 0, negative infinity, positive infinity, not a number, or a number ranging either from
              to               or from               to          .




                                              - 157 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                             for

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The for keyword identifies a for loop.




                                             - 158 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    foreach

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The foreach keyword identifies a foreach loop.


// example of foreach to iterate over an array
public static void Main() {
  int[] scores = new int [] { 54, 78, 34, 88, 98, 12 };

    foreach (int score in scores) {
        total += score;
    }
    int averageScore = total / scores.length;
}




                                             - 159 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                          goto

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The goto keyword returns the flow of operation to the label which follows it. Labels can be
created by putting a colon after any word. e.g.


thelabel:    // This is a label
System.Console.WriteLine("Blah blah blah");
goto thelabel; // Program flow returns to thelabel



    The use of goto is very controversial, because, when used frivolously, it creates code that
jumps from place to place and is disorganized and hard to read. It is rarely even necessary be-
cause the same thing can often be accomplished with a more organized for loop or while loop.




                                              - 160 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                                 if

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The if keyword identifies an if statement with the following syntax:

      if-statement ::= "if" "(" condition ")" if-body ["else" else-body]
      condition ::= boolean-expression
      if-body ::= statement-or-statement-block
      else-body ::= statement-or-statement-block

      If the condition evaluates to true, the if-body executes. Curly braces ("{" and "}") allow the
if-body to contain more than one statement. Optionally, an else clause can immediately follow
the if-body, providing code to execute when the condition is false. Making the else-body another
if statement creates the common cascade of if, else if, else if, else if, else statements:


using System;

public class IfStatementSample
{
     public void IfMyNumberIs()
     {
         int myNumber = 5;
           ( myNumber == 4 )
              Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  4.");
         else ( myNumber < 0 )
         {
              Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
  negative.");
         }
         else ( myNumber % 2 == 0 )



                                               - 161 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



            Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not
 even.");
        else
        {
             Console.WriteLine("myNumber does not match the coded conditions,
 so this sentence will be shown!");
        }
    }
}



        The boolean expression used in an if statement typically contains one of the following opera-
tors:

Operator                 Meaning
        <                less than
        >            greater than
    <=           less than or equal to
    >=          greater than or equal to
    ==                   equal to
        !=           not equal to
    &&                     and
        ||                  or
        !                  not

        See also else.




                                                    - 162 -



                                         by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        implicit

General
    When values are cast implicitally, the runtime does not need any casting in code by the devel-
oper in order for the value to be converted to its new type.

    Here is an example, where the developer is casting explicitly:


//Example of explicit casting.
float fNumber = 100.00f;
int iNumber = (int)fNumber;


    The developer has told the runtime, "I know what I'm doing, force this conversion."

    Implicit casting means that runtime doesn't need any prompting in order to do the conversion.
Here is an example of this.


//Example of implicit casting.
byte bNumber = 10;
int iNumber = bNumber;


     Notice that no casting was necessary by the developer. What is special about implicit, is that
the context that the type is converted to is totally lossless i.e. converting to this type loses no infor-
mation, so it can be converted back without worry.


Keyword
    The keyword implicit is used for a type to define how to can be converted implicitly. It is
used to define what types can be converted to without the need for explicit casting.




                                                  - 163 -



                                       by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     As an example, let us take a Fraction class, that will hold a nominator (the number at the top
of the division), and a denominator (the number at the bottom of the division). We will add a
property so that the value can be converted to a float.


public class Fraction
{
     private int _nominator;
     private int _denominator;

      public Fraction(int nominator, int denominator)
      {
           _nominator = nominator;
           _denominator = denominator;
      }

     public float Value { get { return (float)_nominator / (float)_denomina-
tor; } }

      public static implicit operator float(Fraction f)
      {
           return f.Value;
      }

      public override string ToString()
      {
           return _nominator + " / " _denominator;
      }
}

public class Program
{
    [STAThread]
     public static void Main(string[] args)
     {
          Fraction fractionClass = new Fraction( 1,2);
          float number = fractionClass;

            Console.WriteLine("{0} = {1}", fractionClass, number);
      }
}


     To re-iterate, the value it implicitally casts to must hold data in the form that the original
class can be converted back to. If this is not possible, and the range is narrowed (like converting
double to int, use the explicit operator.




                                               - 164 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                              in

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The in keyword identifies the collection to enumerate in a foreach loop.




                                             - 165 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                              int

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The int keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and
typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Int32. That is, it represents
a 32-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647.




                                               - 166 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                  interface

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The interface keyword is used to declare a interface. Interfaces provide a construct for a
programmer to create types that can have methods, properties, delegates, events, and indexers
declared, but not implemented.




                                             - 167 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      internal

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The internal keyword is an access modifier used in field, method, and property declarations
to make the field, method, or property internal to its enclosing assembly. That is, it is only visible
within the assembly that implements it.




                                                - 168 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                                 is

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

      The is keyword compares an object to a type, and if they're the same or of the same "kind"
(the object inherits the type), returns true. The keyword is therefore used to check for type compat-
ibility, usually before casting (converting) a source type to a destination type in order to ensure
that won't cause a type-cast exception to be thrown. Using is on a null variable always returns
false.

    This code snippet shows a sample usage:


System.IO.StreamReader reader = new StreamReader("readme.txt");
bool b = reader System.IO.TextReader;

// b is now set to true, because StreamReader inherits TextReader




                                                - 169 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         long

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The long keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Int64. That is, it
represents a 64-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 to
9,223,372,036,854,775,807.




                                             - 170 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                              namespace

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The "namespace" keyword is used to supply a namespace for class, structure, and type
declarations.




                                             - 171 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                          new

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The new keyword is an operator that requests a new instance of the class identified by its
argument.




                                             - 172 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                            null

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The null keyword represents an empty value for a reference type variable, i.e. for a variable
of any type derived from System.Object. In C# 2.0, null also represents the empty value for nul-
lable value type variables.




                                               - 173 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       object

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The object keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Object. That is, it
represents the base class from which all other reference types derive. On some platforms, the
size of the reference is 32 bits, while on other platforms it is 64 bits.




                                              - 174 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                             out

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The out keyword explicitly specifies that a variable should be passed by reference to a
method, and set in that method. A variable using this keyword must not be intialized before the
method call to ensure the developer understand its intended effects. Using this keyword requires
the called method to set the variable using this modifier before returning. Using also requires
the developer to specify the keyword even in the calling code, to ensure that it is easily visible
to developers reading the code that the variable will have its value changed elsewhere, which is
useful when analyzing the program flow.

    An example of passing a variable with follows:


void CallingMethod()
{
   int i;
   SetDependingOnTime( i);
   // i is now 10 before/at 12 am, or 20 after
}

void SetDependingOnTime( int iValue)
{
  iValue = DateTime.Now.Hour <= 12 ? 10 : 20;
}




                                               - 175 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                   override

    The keyword override is use in declaring an overridden function, which extends a base class
function of the same name.




                                              - 176 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                     params

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

      The keyword params is used to describe when a grouping of parameters are passed to a
method, but the number of parameters are not important, as they may vary. Since the number
isn't important, The params keyword must be the last variable in a method signature so that the
compiler can deal with the parameters which have been defined first, before dealing with the
params.

    Here are examples of where it will, and will not work:


//This works
public static void AddToShoppingBasket(decimal total, params string[] items)
{
     //....
}

//This works
public static void AddToShoppingBasket(decimal total, int totalQuantity,
params string[] items)
{
     //....
}


//THIS DOES NOT WORK                  <-------------------->
public static void AddToShoppingBasket(params string[] items, decimal total,
  int totalQuantity)
{
      //....
}




                                              - 177 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     A good example of this is the String.Format method. The String.Format method allows a
user to pass in a string formatted to their requirements, and then lots of parameters for the values
to insert into the string. Here is an example:


public static string FormatMyString(string format, params string[] values)
{
     string myFormat = "Date: {0}, Time: {1}, WeekDay: {1}";
     return String.Format(myFormat, DateTime.Now.ToShortDateString(), Date-
Time.Now.ToShortTimeString(), DateTime.Now.DayOfWeek);
}

//Output will be something like:
//
//Date: 7/8/2007, Time: 13:00, WeekDay: Tuesday;
//


     The String.Format method has taken a string, and replaced the {0},{1},{2} with the 1st, 2nd
and 3rd parameters. If the params keyword did not exist, then the String.Format() could have an
infinite number of overloads to cater for each case.


public string Format(string format, string param1)
{
     //.....
}

public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2)
{
     //.....
}

public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2, string
param3)
{
     //.....
}

public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2, string
param3, string param4)
{
     //.....
}

public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2, string
param3, string param4, string param5)
{



                                               - 178 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     //.....
}

//To infinitum




                            - 179 -



                 by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       private

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The private keyword is used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field,
method, or property private to its enclosing class. That is, it is not visible outside of its class.




                                               - 180 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    protected

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The protected keyword is used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field,
method, or property protected to its enclosing class. That is, it is visible only to its class and the
classes that derive from it.




                                                - 181 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      public

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The public keyword is used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field,
method, or property public to its enclosing class. That is, it is visible from any class.




                                             - 182 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    readonly

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The readonly keyword is closely related to the const keyword at a glance, with the exception
of allowing a variable with this modifier to be initialized in a constructor, along with being associ-
ated with a class instance (object) rather than the class itself.

     The primary use for this keyword is to allow the variable to take on different values depend-
ing on which constructor was called, in case the class has many, while still ensuring the developer
that it can never intentionally or unintentionally be changed in the code once the object has been
created.

    This is a sample usage, assumed to be in a class called SampleClass:


 string s;

SampleClass()
{
  s = "Hello!";
}




                                                - 183 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                               ref

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The ref keyword explicitely specifies that a variable should be passed by reference rather
than by value.

     A developer may wish to pass a variable by reference particularly in case of value types. If
a variable is passed by reference, only a pointer is sent to a function in reality, reducing the cost
of a method call in case it would involve copying large amounts of data, something C# does when
normally passing value types.

     Another common reason to pass a variable by reference is to let the called method modify
its value. Because this is allowed, C# always enforces specifying that a value is passed by refer-
ence even in the method call, something many other programming languages don't. This let devel-
opers reading the code easily spot places that can imply a type has had its value changed in a
method, which is useful when analyzing the program flow.

     Passing a value by reference does not imply that the called method has to modify the value;
see the out keyword for this.

    Passing by reference requires the passed variable to be initialized.

    An example of passing a variable by reference follows:


void CallingMethod()
{
    int i = 24;
    if (DoubleIfEven( i))
      Console.WriteLine("i was doubled to {0}", i); // outputs "i was doubled
  to 48"
}


                                                - 184 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




bool DoubleIfEven( int iValue)
{
  if (iValue % 2 == 0)
  {
    iValue *= 2;
    return true;
  }
  return false;
}




                                       - 185 -



                            by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       return

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The return keyword is used to return execution from a method or from a property accessor.
If the method or property accessor has a return type, the return keyword is followed by the value
to return.




                                              - 186 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        sbyte

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The sbyte keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.SByte. That is, it
represents an 8-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -128 to 127.




                                              - 187 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      sealed

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The sealed keyword is used to specify that a class cannot be inherited from. The following
example shows the context in which it may be used:


public   class
{
  ...
}




                                             - 188 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         short

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The short keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Int16. That is, it
represents a 16-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -32,768 to 32,767.




                                              - 189 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      sizeof

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The sizeof keyword returns how many bytes an object requires to be stored.

    An example usage:


int i = 123456;

Console.WriteLine("Storing i, a {0}, requires {1} bytes, or {2} bits.",
  i.GetType(), (i), (i) * 8);

// outputs "Storing i, a System.Int32, requires 4 bytes, or 32 bits."




                                             - 190 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                  stackalloc

     The keyword stackalloc is used in an unsafe code context to allocate a block of memory on
the stack.


int* fib = stackalloc int[100];


     In the example above, a block of memory of sufficient size to contain 100 elements of type
int is allocated on the stack, not the heap; the address of the block is stored in the pointer fib.
This memory is not subject to garbage collection and therefore does not have to be pinned (via
fixed). The lifetime of the memory block is limited to the lifetime of the method in which it is
defined (there is no way to free the memory before the method returns).

    stackalloc is only valid in local variable initializers.

    Because Pointer types are involved, stackalloc requires unsafe context. See Unsafe Code
and Pointers.

    stackalloc is similar to _alloca in the C run-time library.

    Note* - From MSDN




                                                - 191 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        static

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The static keyword is used to declare a class or a class member (method, property, field, or
variable) as static. A class that is declared static has only static members. A class member that
is declared static is associated with the entire class instead of class instances.




                                              - 192 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        string

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The string keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for System.String. That is, it indicates an immutable sequence
of characters.




                                              - 193 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        struct

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The struct keyword declares a structure, i.e. a value type that functions as a light-weight
class.




                                              - 194 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       switch

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The switch statement is a control statement that handles multiple selections and enumera-
tions by passing control to one of the case statements within its body.

      This is an example of a switch statement:


int currentAge = 18;

    currentAge
{
      case 16:
          Console.WriteLine("You can drive!")
          break;
      case 18:
          Console.WriteLine("You're finally an adult!");
          break;
      default:
          Console.WriteLine("Nothing exciting happened this year.");
          break;
}




Console Output
You're finally an adult!




                                               - 195 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                              this

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The this keyword is used in an instance method or instance property to reference the current
instance of class. That is, this refers to the object through which its containing method or property
was invoked.




                                                - 196 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      throw

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The throw keyword is used throw an exception object.




                                             - 197 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                             true

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The true keyword is a boolean constant value. Therefore


while(true)


    would create an infinite loop.




                                                - 198 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                             try

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The try keyword is used to identify a statement or statement block as the body of an excep-
tion handling sequence. The body of the exception handling sequence must be followed by a
catch clause, a finally clause, or both.




                                              - 199 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       typeof

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The typeof keyword returns an instance of the System.Type class when passed a name of a
class. It is similar to the sizeof keyword in that it returns a value instead of starting a section
(block) of code (see if, while, try).

    An example:


using System;

namespace MyNamespace
{
    class MyClass
    {
        static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            Type t = typeof(int);
            Console.Out.WriteLine(t.ToString());
            Console.In.Read();
        }
    }
}



    The output will be:


System.Int32




                                               - 200 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    It should be noted that unlike sizeof, only class names themselves and not variables can be
passed to typeof, as shown here:


using System;

namespace MyNamespace
{
    class MyClass2
    {
        static void Main(string[] args)
        {
            char ch;

              // This line will cause compilation to fail
              Type t = typeof(ch);
              Console.Out.WriteLine(t.ToString());
              Console.In.Read();
         }
    }
}



    Sometimes, classes will include their own GetType() method that will be similar, if not
identical, to typeof.




                                              - 201 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                          uint

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The uint keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.UInt32. That is, it
represents a 32-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 4,294,967,295.




                                             - 202 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        ulong

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The ulong keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.UInt64. That is, it
represents a 64-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 18,446,744,073,709,551,615.




                                              - 203 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                               unchecked

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The unchecked keyword prevents overflow-checking when doing integer arithmetic. It may
be used as an operator on a single expression or as a statement on a whole block of code.


int x, y, z;
x = 1222111000;
y = 1222111000;

// used as an operator
z = unchecked( x * y );

// used as a statement
unchecked {
  z = x * y;
  x = z * z;
}




                                             - 204 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      unsafe

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The unsafe keyword may be used to modify a procedure or define a block of code which
uses unsafe code. Code is unsafe if it uses the "address of" operator(&) or if it uses a pointer
operator (*).

    In order for the compiler to compile code containing this keyword, you must use the /unsafe
option when using the Microsoft C-Sharp Compiler.


// example of unsafe to modify a procedure
class MyClass {
  unsafe static void(string *msg) {
    Console.WriteLine(*msg)
  }
}

// example of unsafe to modify a code block
string s = "hello";
unsafe {
  char *cp = &s[2];
  *cp = 'a';
}




                                              - 205 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       ushort

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The ushort keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast
and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.UInt16. That is, it
represents a 16-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 65,535.




                                              - 206 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       using

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The using keyword has two completely unrelated meanings in C#, depending on if it is used
as a directive or a statement.



The directive
    using as a directive resolves unqualified type references so a developer doesn't have to
specify the complete namespace.

    Example:


using System;

// A developer can now type Console.WriteLine(); rather than System.Con-
sole.WriteLine().



    using can also provide a namespace alias for referencing types.

    Example:


using Utils = Company.Application.Utilities;




                                             - 207 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




The statement
    using as a statement with a scope specifies an object's lifetime. At the end of the scope, the
object's destructor will be run and the C# garbage collector will free its allocated resources.

    Example:


using (System.IO.StreamReader reader = new StreamReader("readme.txt"))
{
  // read from the file
}

// reader is now destroyed, its file handle freed, and an unknown variable
again




                                               - 208 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                      virtual

     The keyword virtual is applied to a method declaration to indicate that the method may be
overridden in a subclass. If the virtual keyword is not applied and a method is defined in a sub-
class with the same signature as the one in the parent class, the method in the parent class is
hidden by the subclass implementation.




                                              - 209 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         void

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The void keyword is used in method signatures to declare a method that does not return a
value. A method declared with the void return type cannot provide any arguments to any return
statements they contain.

    Example:


public void WorkRepeatedly(int numberOfTimes)
{
    for(int i=0; i<numberOfTimes; i++)
        if(EarlyTerminationIsRequested)
             return;
        else
             DoWork();
}




                                             - 210 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                    volatile

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The volatile keyword is used to declare a variable which may change its value over time
due to modification by an outside process, the system hardware, or another concurrently running
thread.

     You should use this modifier in your member variable declaration to ensure that whenver
the value is read, you are always getting the most recent (up-to-date) value of the variable.


class MyClass
{
  public volatile long systemclock;
}



    This keyword has been part of the C# programming language since .NET Framework 1.1
(Visual Studio 2003).




                                              - 211 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                       while

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The while keyword identifies a while loop.




                                             - 212 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                          alias

     It can sometimes be necessary to reference two versions of assemblies that have the same
fully-qualified type names, for example when you need to use two or more versions of an assem-
bly in the same application. By using an external assembly alias, the namespaces from each assem-
bly can be wrapped inside root-level namespaces named by the alias, allowing them to be used
in the same file.

    To reference two assemblies with the same fully-qualified type names, an alias must be
specified on the command line, as follows:


/r:GridV1=grid.dll

/r:GridV2=grid20.dll


    This creates the external aliases GridV1 and GridV2. To use these aliases from within a
program, reference them using the extern keyword. For example:


extern alias GridV1;

extern alias GridV2;


     Each extern alias declaration introduces an additional root-level namespace that parallels
(but does not lie within) the global namespace. Thus types from each assembly can be referred
to without ambiguity using their fully qualified name, rooted in the appropriate namespace-alias

    In the above example, GridV1::Grid would be the grid control from grid.dll, and
GridV2::Grid would be the grid control from grid20.dll.




                                              - 213 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                             get

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The special identifier get is used to declare the read accessor for a property.




                                              - 214 -



                                   by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        partial

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The special identifier partial is used to allow developers to build classes from different files
and have the compiler generate one class (combining all the partial classes). This is mostly useful
for separating classes into separate blocks. For example, Visual Studio 2005 separates the UI
code for forms into a separate partial class which allows you to work on the business logic sepa-
rately.




                                                - 215 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                              set

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The special identifier set is used to declare the write accessor for a property.




                                               - 216 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                         value

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

    The special identifier value is used in a property's write accessor to represent the value re-
quested for assignment to the property.




                                               - 217 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




                                        yield

C# Programming
Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index




C sharp musical note

     The yield keyword returns the next value from an iterator or ends an iteration. See Using
yield.




                                             - 218 -



                                  by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming




             GNU Free Documentation License

    Version 1.2, November 2002


         Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
          51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
          Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
          of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.




    0. PREAMBLE
     The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful
document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work,
while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

    This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document
must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
which is a copyleft license designed for free software.

     We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free
software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the
same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can
be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed
book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or
reference.

    1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
     This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice
placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such
a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under
the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any
member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you copy,
modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.




                                               - 219 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a
portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.

     A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that
deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the
Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a
Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial,
philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.

    The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being
those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this
License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be
designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document
does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.

    The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or
Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A
Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.

     A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a
format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the
document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic
paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for
input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to
text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence
of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not
Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A
copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

    Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup,
Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include
proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.




                                               - 220 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages
as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the
most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

    A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is
precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another
language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
"Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" of
such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ"
according to this definition.

     The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this
License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by
reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that
these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.

    2. VERBATIM COPYING
     You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or
noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying
this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct
or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may
accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies
you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

    You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly
display copies.

    3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
     If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the
Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts,
you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts:
Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must
also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material
on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
respects.



                                               - 221 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



      If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the
first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
adjacent pages.

     If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you
must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state
in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent
copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year
after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of
that edition to the public.

     It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before
redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
version of the Document.

    4. MODIFICATIONS
     You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of
sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this
License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you
must do these things in the Modified Version:

      A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the
      Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
      in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
      if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
      B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for
      authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
      principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
      unless they release you from this requirement.
      C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the
      publisher.
      D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
      E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other
      copyright notices.




                                                - 222 -



                                     by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



      F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public
      permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown
      in the Addendum below.
      G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover
      Texts given in the Document's license notice.
      H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
      I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating
      at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
      Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the
      title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an
      item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
      J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
      Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the
      Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History"
      section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years
      before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives
      permission.
      K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve the Title of
      the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
      acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
      L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their
      titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
      M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the
      Modified Version.
      N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or to conflict in title
      with any Invariant Section.
      O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.

    If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option
designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of
Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from
any other section titles.

     You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but
endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer
review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.




                                               - 223 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to
25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.
Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through
arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the
same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting
on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission
from the previous publisher that added the old one.

     The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to
use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

    5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
      You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under
the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list
them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve
all their Warranty Disclaimers.

     The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical
Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections
with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if
known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

    In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" in the various original
documents, forming one section Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
"Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
Entitled "Endorsements."

    6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
     You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under
this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a
single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License
for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

     You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually
under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



                                               - 224 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



    7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
     A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent
documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of
the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included
in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not
themselves derivative works of the Document.

    If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document,
then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts
may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic
equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed
covers that bracket the whole aggregate.

    8. TRANSLATION
     Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the
Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires
special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all
Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may
include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any
Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License
and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the
translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version
will prevail.

     If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", or "History",
the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
actual title.

    9. TERMINATION
     You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly
provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the
Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their
licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

    10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE



                                               - 225 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
C Sharp Programming



     The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free
Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the
present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

    Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document
specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it,
you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of
any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.




                                               - 226 -



                                    by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
Ad

Recommended

PDF
Workbook vf
Godot Back
 
PDF
Hp man ppm9.20_whats_new_pdf
ugunal
 
PDF
Ppm7.5 cmd tokval
indiatechnopark
 
PDF
Doors Getting Started
song4fun
 
PDF
Ppm7.5 demand cg
indiatechnopark
 
PDF
Manual smart ideas 5
spejo
 
PDF
Photoshop cs4 scripting_guide
Antonio Menar
 
PDF
Latex2e
Inam ullah Johar
 
PDF
Swf File Format Spec V10
losalamos
 
PDF
OfficeReports Manual
OfficeReports
 
PDF
Rprogramming
jyotirajputpawar
 
PDF
PANOS 4.1 Administrators Guide
Altaware, Inc.
 
PDF
Artromick Ac Hostguide304 for Hospital Computing Solutions
Artromick
 
PDF
R Ints
Ajay Ohri
 
PDF
Blackberry v.6.0
Teddy Koornia
 
PDF
Python programming
Keshav Gupta
 
PDF
User manual
lolly632
 
PDF
AcroJS
tutorialsruby
 
PDF
Palo alto-3.1 administrators-guide
Sornchai Saen
 
PDF
Test and target book
Mesurex
 
PDF
Test PPT
Royal Gupta
 
PDF
APEX
Vivastream
 
PDF
Photoshop cs5 scripting_guide
avnav2
 
PDF
Doctrine Manual 1.2
guest9e8c7a
 
PDF
Flash as3 programming
subhash85
 
PDF
Salesforce creating on_demand_apps
willsco
 
PPTX
C sharp part 001
Ralph Weber
 
PPT
Introduction to c_sharp
HEM Sothon
 
PPTX
C Sharp Crash Course
Shahed Chowdhuri
 
PPT
C sharp
Satish Verma
 

More Related Content

What's hot (18)

PDF
Swf File Format Spec V10
losalamos
 
PDF
OfficeReports Manual
OfficeReports
 
PDF
Rprogramming
jyotirajputpawar
 
PDF
PANOS 4.1 Administrators Guide
Altaware, Inc.
 
PDF
Artromick Ac Hostguide304 for Hospital Computing Solutions
Artromick
 
PDF
R Ints
Ajay Ohri
 
PDF
Blackberry v.6.0
Teddy Koornia
 
PDF
Python programming
Keshav Gupta
 
PDF
User manual
lolly632
 
PDF
AcroJS
tutorialsruby
 
PDF
Palo alto-3.1 administrators-guide
Sornchai Saen
 
PDF
Test and target book
Mesurex
 
PDF
Test PPT
Royal Gupta
 
PDF
APEX
Vivastream
 
PDF
Photoshop cs5 scripting_guide
avnav2
 
PDF
Doctrine Manual 1.2
guest9e8c7a
 
PDF
Flash as3 programming
subhash85
 
PDF
Salesforce creating on_demand_apps
willsco
 
Swf File Format Spec V10
losalamos
 
OfficeReports Manual
OfficeReports
 
Rprogramming
jyotirajputpawar
 
PANOS 4.1 Administrators Guide
Altaware, Inc.
 
Artromick Ac Hostguide304 for Hospital Computing Solutions
Artromick
 
R Ints
Ajay Ohri
 
Blackberry v.6.0
Teddy Koornia
 
Python programming
Keshav Gupta
 
User manual
lolly632
 
Palo alto-3.1 administrators-guide
Sornchai Saen
 
Test and target book
Mesurex
 
Test PPT
Royal Gupta
 
Photoshop cs5 scripting_guide
avnav2
 
Doctrine Manual 1.2
guest9e8c7a
 
Flash as3 programming
subhash85
 
Salesforce creating on_demand_apps
willsco
 

Viewers also liked (16)

PPTX
C sharp part 001
Ralph Weber
 
PPT
Introduction to c_sharp
HEM Sothon
 
PPTX
C Sharp Crash Course
Shahed Chowdhuri
 
PPT
C sharp
Satish Verma
 
PDF
Object oriented-programming-in-c-sharp
Abefo
 
PDF
C sharp programming
singhadarsh
 
PPTX
Oops
snehatbangre
 
PPTX
C Sharp Course 101.5
Shahed Chowdhuri
 
PDF
OOPS Advanced
Madhavan Malolan
 
PPT
Platform as a Service (PaaS) Providers
Cloud Computing Wire
 
PPTX
Lecture 3 __c_sharp
mahpara saaleem
 
PPT
C# basics
Dinesh kumar
 
PPTX
Introduction to Java programming - Java tutorial for beginners to teach Java ...
Duckademy IT courses
 
PPT
Java basic
Sonam Sharma
 
PPT
Core java slides
Abhilash Nair
 
ODP
Ppt of c vs c#
shubhra chauhan
 
C sharp part 001
Ralph Weber
 
Introduction to c_sharp
HEM Sothon
 
C Sharp Crash Course
Shahed Chowdhuri
 
C sharp
Satish Verma
 
Object oriented-programming-in-c-sharp
Abefo
 
C sharp programming
singhadarsh
 
C Sharp Course 101.5
Shahed Chowdhuri
 
OOPS Advanced
Madhavan Malolan
 
Platform as a Service (PaaS) Providers
Cloud Computing Wire
 
Lecture 3 __c_sharp
mahpara saaleem
 
C# basics
Dinesh kumar
 
Introduction to Java programming - Java tutorial for beginners to teach Java ...
Duckademy IT courses
 
Java basic
Sonam Sharma
 
Core java slides
Abhilash Nair
 
Ppt of c vs c#
shubhra chauhan
 
Ad

Similar to C sharp programming[1] (20)

PDF
C++ complete reference
Kolej Vokasional Tawau
 
PDF
Learn c++
aashay1996
 
PDF
C Plus Plus The Complete Reference 4th Ed Www Amaderforum Com
Anil Mishra
 
PDF
Learn C# Includes The C# 3.0 Features
ZEZUA Z.
 
PDF
Csharp
guestb9fa55
 
PDF
EloquenFundamentalsof Web Developmentt_JavaScript.pdf
kasperkey106
 
PDF
Adobe action script 3.0 programming
Daniel Ramos
 
PDF
Adobe action script 3.0 programming
Agus Sulton
 
PDF
Ibm enterprise it and asset management 7.1 java for customization training
Hal Izi
 
PDF
Programming C 50 Building Windows 8 Web And Desktop Applications For The Net ...
starsleunk
 
PDF
Javanotes6 linked
Sandile Mabika
 
PDF
Javanotes5 linked
Aravindharamanan S
 
PDF
Oop c++ tutorial
Nigus Zinabu
 
PDF
PythonIntro
webuploader
 
PDF
Expert_Programming_manual.pdf
EMERSON EDUARDO RODRIGUES
 
PDF
Perl 5 guide
Nguyễn Ngọc Tiên
 
PDF
perltut
tutorialsruby
 
PDF
Perl &lt;b>5 Tutorial&lt;/b>, First Edition
tutorialsruby
 
PDF
perltut
tutorialsruby
 
PDF
Perl tut
gajapathi09
 
C++ complete reference
Kolej Vokasional Tawau
 
Learn c++
aashay1996
 
C Plus Plus The Complete Reference 4th Ed Www Amaderforum Com
Anil Mishra
 
Learn C# Includes The C# 3.0 Features
ZEZUA Z.
 
Csharp
guestb9fa55
 
EloquenFundamentalsof Web Developmentt_JavaScript.pdf
kasperkey106
 
Adobe action script 3.0 programming
Daniel Ramos
 
Adobe action script 3.0 programming
Agus Sulton
 
Ibm enterprise it and asset management 7.1 java for customization training
Hal Izi
 
Programming C 50 Building Windows 8 Web And Desktop Applications For The Net ...
starsleunk
 
Javanotes6 linked
Sandile Mabika
 
Javanotes5 linked
Aravindharamanan S
 
Oop c++ tutorial
Nigus Zinabu
 
PythonIntro
webuploader
 
Expert_Programming_manual.pdf
EMERSON EDUARDO RODRIGUES
 
Perl 5 guide
Nguyễn Ngọc Tiên
 
perltut
tutorialsruby
 
Perl &lt;b>5 Tutorial&lt;/b>, First Edition
tutorialsruby
 
perltut
tutorialsruby
 
Perl tut
gajapathi09
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Wikinomics How Mass Collaboration Changes Everything Don Tapscott
wcsqyzf5909
 
PDF
Gladiolous Cultivation practices by AKL.pdf
kushallamichhame
 
PDF
CAD25 Gbadago and Fafa Presentation Revised-Aston Business School, UK.pdf
Kweku Zurek
 
PPT
M&A5 Q1 1 differentiate evolving early Philippine conventional and contempora...
ErlizaRosete
 
PDF
COM and NET Component Services 1st Edition Juval Löwy
kboqcyuw976
 
PDF
The Power of Compound Interest (Stanford Initiative for Financial Decision-Ma...
Stanford IFDM
 
PDF
Lesson 1 : Science and the Art of Geography Ecosystem
marvinnbustamante1
 
PPTX
2025 Completing the Pre-SET Plan Form.pptx
mansk2
 
PDF
Our Guide to the July 2025 USPS® Rate Change
Postal Advocate Inc.
 
PPTX
A Case of Identity A Sociological Approach Fix.pptx
Ismail868386
 
PPTX
Project 4 PART 1 AI Assistant Vocational Education
barmanjit380
 
PDF
DIGESTION OF CARBOHYDRATES ,PROTEINS AND LIPIDS
raviralanaresh2
 
PDF
Andreas Schleicher_Teaching Compass_Education 2040.pdf
EduSkills OECD
 
PDF
Supply Chain Security A Comprehensive Approach 1st Edition Arthur G. Arway
rxgnika452
 
PDF
THE PSYCHOANALYTIC OF THE BLACK CAT BY EDGAR ALLAN POE (1).pdf
nabilahk908
 
PPTX
Elo the Hero is an story about a young boy who became hero.
TeacherEmily1
 
PPTX
How Physics Enhances Our Quality of Life.pptx
AngeliqueTolentinoDe
 
PDF
Romanticism in Love and Sacrifice An Analysis of Oscar Wilde’s The Nightingal...
KaryanaTantri21
 
PPTX
F-BLOCK ELEMENTS POWER POINT PRESENTATIONS
mprpgcwa2024
 
PPTX
Peer Teaching Observations During School Internship
AjayaMohanty7
 
Wikinomics How Mass Collaboration Changes Everything Don Tapscott
wcsqyzf5909
 
Gladiolous Cultivation practices by AKL.pdf
kushallamichhame
 
CAD25 Gbadago and Fafa Presentation Revised-Aston Business School, UK.pdf
Kweku Zurek
 
M&A5 Q1 1 differentiate evolving early Philippine conventional and contempora...
ErlizaRosete
 
COM and NET Component Services 1st Edition Juval Löwy
kboqcyuw976
 
The Power of Compound Interest (Stanford Initiative for Financial Decision-Ma...
Stanford IFDM
 
Lesson 1 : Science and the Art of Geography Ecosystem
marvinnbustamante1
 
2025 Completing the Pre-SET Plan Form.pptx
mansk2
 
Our Guide to the July 2025 USPS® Rate Change
Postal Advocate Inc.
 
A Case of Identity A Sociological Approach Fix.pptx
Ismail868386
 
Project 4 PART 1 AI Assistant Vocational Education
barmanjit380
 
DIGESTION OF CARBOHYDRATES ,PROTEINS AND LIPIDS
raviralanaresh2
 
Andreas Schleicher_Teaching Compass_Education 2040.pdf
EduSkills OECD
 
Supply Chain Security A Comprehensive Approach 1st Edition Arthur G. Arway
rxgnika452
 
THE PSYCHOANALYTIC OF THE BLACK CAT BY EDGAR ALLAN POE (1).pdf
nabilahk908
 
Elo the Hero is an story about a young boy who became hero.
TeacherEmily1
 
How Physics Enhances Our Quality of Life.pptx
AngeliqueTolentinoDe
 
Romanticism in Love and Sacrifice An Analysis of Oscar Wilde’s The Nightingal...
KaryanaTantri21
 
F-BLOCK ELEMENTS POWER POINT PRESENTATIONS
mprpgcwa2024
 
Peer Teaching Observations During School Internship
AjayaMohanty7
 

C sharp programming[1]

  • 2. C Sharp Programming http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C_Sharp_Programming This Book Is Generated By WikiType using RenderX DiType, XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". 12 June 2008
  • 3. C Sharp Programming Table of Contents 1. C Sharp Programming.........................................................12 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Language Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 The .NET Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Advanced Object-Orientation Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Keywords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 External links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 2. Intro...............................................................................17 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 3. Basics.............................................................................18 Basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 4. Structure.........................................................................19 Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5. The .NET Framework..........................................................20 The .NET Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Console Programming.......................................................21 Console Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Command line arguments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Windows Forms..............................................................25 6. Advanced........................................................................26 Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 7. Index..............................................................................27 8. Foreword.........................................................................28 -3- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 4. C Sharp Programming Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 9. Introduction......................................................................30 10. Naming..........................................................................33 Reasoning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Namespace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Classes and Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Exception Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Properties and Public Member Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Parameters and Procedure-level Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Class-level Private and Protected Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Controls on Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 11. Syntax...........................................................................37 Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Statement blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Case sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 12. Variables........................................................................41 Fields, Local Variables, and Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Local variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 -4- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 5. C Sharp Programming Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Integral types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Custom types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Scope and extent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 13. Operators.......................................................................49 Arithmetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Logical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Bitwise shifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Relational. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Short-hand Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Type information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Pointer manipulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Overflow exception control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Others. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 14. Data structures................................................................57 Enumerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Structs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Arrays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 15. Control..........................................................................62 Conditional statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 The if statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 The switch statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Iteration statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 The do...while loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 The for loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 The foreach loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 The while loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 -5- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 6. C Sharp Programming Jump statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 16. Exceptions......................................................................69 References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 17. Namespaces...................................................................72 Nested namespaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 18. Classes.........................................................................75 Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Constructors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Finalizers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Indexers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Static classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 19. Objects..........................................................................83 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Reference and Value Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 System.Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Object basics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Constructors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Destructors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Abstract Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Sub-heading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 20. Encapsulation..................................................................90 Protection Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Private. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Protected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Public. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 -6- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 7. C Sharp Programming Internal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 21. NET Framework overview...................................................92 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 22. Inheritance.....................................................................94 Inheritance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Subtyping Inheritance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Inheritance keywords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 23. Interfaces.......................................................................97 Additional Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 24. Delegates and Events......................................................100 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Delegates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 25. Abstract classes.............................................................105 26. Partial classes................................................................108 Partial Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 27. Collections....................................................................110 Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 LinkedLists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Queues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dictionaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 28. Generics......................................................................112 Generic Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Generic Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Generic lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Generic linked lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Generic queues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 -7- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 8. C Sharp Programming Generic stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Generic dictionaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Generic Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Generic Delegates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Generic Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 29. Object Lifetime...............................................................118 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Garbage Collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Managed Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Unmanaged Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Resource Acquisition Is Initialisation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 30. Design Patterns..............................................................123 Table Of Contents (TOC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Factory Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Singleton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 31. abstract........................................................................128 32. as...............................................................................129 See also. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 33. base............................................................................130 34. bool............................................................................132 35. break...........................................................................133 36. byte.............................................................................134 37. case............................................................................135 38. catch...........................................................................136 39. char............................................................................137 40. class...........................................................................138 41. const...........................................................................139 42. continue.......................................................................140 -8- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 9. C Sharp Programming 43. decimal........................................................................141 44. default.........................................................................142 45. delegate.......................................................................143 46. do...............................................................................144 47. double.........................................................................145 48. else.............................................................................146 49. enum...........................................................................148 50. event...........................................................................149 51. explicit.........................................................................150 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 52. extern..........................................................................152 53. false............................................................................154 54. finally...........................................................................155 55. fixed............................................................................156 56. float............................................................................157 57. for...............................................................................158 58. foreach........................................................................159 59. goto............................................................................160 60. if................................................................................161 61. implicit.........................................................................163 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Keyword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 62. in................................................................................165 63. int...............................................................................166 64. interface.......................................................................167 65. internal........................................................................168 66. is................................................................................169 67. long............................................................................170 -9- by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 10. C Sharp Programming 68. namespace...................................................................171 69. new.............................................................................172 70. null.............................................................................173 71. object..........................................................................174 72. out..............................................................................175 73. override........................................................................176 74. params........................................................................177 75. private.........................................................................180 76. protected......................................................................181 77. public..........................................................................182 78. readonly.......................................................................183 79. ref..............................................................................184 80. return..........................................................................186 81. sbyte...........................................................................187 82. sealed.........................................................................188 83. short...........................................................................189 84. sizeof..........................................................................190 85. stackalloc......................................................................191 86. static...........................................................................192 87. string...........................................................................193 88. struct...........................................................................194 89. switch..........................................................................195 90. this.............................................................................196 91. throw...........................................................................197 92. true.............................................................................198 93. try...............................................................................199 94. typeof..........................................................................200 95. uint.............................................................................202 96. ulong...........................................................................203 - 10 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 11. C Sharp Programming 97. unchecked....................................................................204 98. unsafe.........................................................................205 99. ushort..........................................................................206 100. using.........................................................................207 The directive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 The statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 101. virtual.........................................................................209 102. void...........................................................................210 103. volatile........................................................................211 104. while..........................................................................212 105. alias..........................................................................213 106. get............................................................................214 107. partial........................................................................215 108. set............................................................................216 109. value..........................................................................217 110. yield..........................................................................218 GNU Free Documentation License. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 - 11 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 12. C Sharp Programming C Sharp Programming | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note C# (pronounced "See Sharp") is a multi-purpose computer programming language suitable for all development needs. This WikiBook introduces C# language fundamentals and covers a variety of the base class libraries (BCL) provided by the Microsoft .NET Framework. Introduction Main introduction: C Sharp Programming/Foreword Although C# is derived from the C programming language, it has features such as garbage collection that allow beginners to become proficient in C# more quickly than in C or C++. Similar to Java, it is object-oriented, comes with an extensive class library, and supports exception han- dling, multiple types of polymorphism, and separation of interfaces from implementations. Those features, combined with its powerful development tools, multi-platform support, and generics, make C# a good choice for many types of software development projects: rapid application devel- opment projects, projects implemented by individuals or large or small teams, Internet applica- tions, and projects with strict reliability requirements. Testing frameworks such as NUnit make C# amenable to test-driven development and thus a good language for use with Extreme Program- ming (XP). Its strong typing helps to prevent many programming errors that are common in weakly typed languages. Foreword A description of the C# language and introduction to this Wikibook. - 12 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 13. C Sharp Programming Getting started with C# A simple C# program and where to get tools to compile it. Language Basics Naming conventions Quickly describes the generally accepted naming conventions for C#. Basic syntax Describes the basics in how the applications you write will be interpreted. Variables The entities used to store data of various shapes. Operators Summarizes the operators, such as the '+' in addition, available in C#. Data structures Enumerations, structs, and more. Control statements Loops, conditions, and more. How the program flow is controlled. Exceptions Responding to errors that can occur. Classes Namespaces Giving your code its own space to live in. Classes The blueprints of objects that describes how they should work. - 13 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 14. C Sharp Programming Objects Cornerstones of any object-oriented programming language, objects are the tools you use to perform work. Encapsulation and accessor levels Explains protection of object states by encapsulation. The .NET Framework .NET Framework Overview An overview of the .NET class library used in C#. Console Programming Input and Output using the console. Windows Forms GUI Programming with Windows Forms. Advanced Object-Orientation Concepts Inheritance Re-using existing code to improve or specialise the functionality of an object. Interfaces Define a template, in which to base sub-classes from. Delegates and Events Be informed about when an event happens and choose what method to call when it happens with delegates. Abstract classes Build partially implemented classes. Partial classes Split a class over several files to allow multiple users to develop, but also to stop code generators interfering with source code. - 14 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 15. C Sharp Programming Collections Effectively manage (add, remove, find, iterate, etc.) large sets of data. Generics Allow commonly used collections and classes to appear to have specialisation for your custom class. Object Lifetime Learn about the lifetime of objects, where they are allocated and learn about garbage collec- tion. Design Patterns Learn commonly used design methodologies to simplify and/or improve your development framework. Keywords - 15 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 16. C Sharp Programming External links • Learning Visual C# in 5 minutes A simple tutorial that teaches you a few basics. • A C# Tutorial starts from basics and gives source code. • An Introduction to Mono Development by Andrew Troelsen • Sharp Develop IDE : A free IDE for C#, VB.NET and Boo projects on Microsoft's .NET platform. • Microsoft Visual C# Express Edition : A free development environment created by Microsoft for writing C# Applications. • Mono Project : A C# Development Environment for Linux, Windows, and other plat- forms. • Mono IDE : An GNOME based IDE for Mono on Linux platforms. • C# Online.NET - free, wiki-based C# and .NET encyclopedia and forums • C# Language Specification download page at ECMA • C# Environment setup Visual C# environment setup details from MSDN • C# FAQ C# FAQ, Blogs and Forums. • Premium C# Tutorial - A collection of complete programming tutorials • DotGNU Portable.NET - A CLI/.NET built in accordance with the requirements of the GNU Project capable of running C# programs on many platforms and architectures. • .NET Book Zero by Charles Petzold - free downloadable book on C# and .NET framework by one of the world's foremost authorities on Windows programming, Charles Petzold. - 16 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 17. C Sharp Programming Intro C# Programming Cover | | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Introduction Foreword A description of the C# and introduction to this Wikibook. Getting started with C# A simple C# program and where to get tools to compile it. - 17 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 18. C Sharp Programming Basics C# Programming Cover | Introduction | | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Basics Basic syntax Describes the basics in how the applications you write will be interpreted. Variables The entities used to store data of various shapes. Operators Summarizes the operators, such as the '+' in addition, available in C#. Data structures Enumerations, structs, and more. Control statements Loops, conditions, and more. How the program flow is controlled. - 18 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 19. C Sharp Programming Structure C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Structure Namespaces Giving your code its own space to live in. Classes The blueprints of objects that describes how they should work. Objects Cornerstones of any object-oriented programming language, objects are the tools you use to perform work. Encapsulation and accessor levels Explains protection of object states by encapsulation. - 19 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 20. C Sharp Programming The .NET Framework C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The .NET Framework .NET Framework Overview An overview of the .NET class library used in C#. Console Programming Input and Output using the console. Windows Forms GUI Programming with Windows Forms. - 20 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 21. C Sharp Programming Console Programming Console Programming Output The example program below shows a couple of ways to output text: using System; public class HelloWorld { public static void Main() { Console.WriteLine("Hello World!"); // relies on "using System;" Console.Write("This is"); Console.Write("... my first program!n"); System.Console.WriteLine("Goodbye World!"); // no "using" statement required } } The above code displays the following text: Hello World! This is... my first program! Goodbye World! That text is output using the System.Console class. The using statement at the top allows the compiler to find the Console class without specifying the System namespace each time it is used. - 21 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 22. C Sharp Programming The middle lines use the Write() method, which does not automatically create a new line. To specify a new line, we can use the sequence backslash-n ( n ). If for whatever reason we wanted to really show the n character instead, we add a second backslash ( n ). The backslash is known as the escape character in C# because it is not treated as a normal character, but allows us to encode certain special characters (like a new line character). Input Input can be gathered in a similar method to outputing data using the Read() and ReadLine methods of that same System.Console class: using System; public class ExampleClass { public static void Main() { Console.WriteLine("Greetings! What is your name?"); Console.Write("My name is: "); string name = Console.ReadLine(); Console.WriteLine("Nice to meet you, " + name); Console.Read(); } } The above program requests the user's name and displays it back. The final Console.Read() waits for the user to enter a key before exiting the program. Error The Error output is used to divert error specific messages to the console. To a novice user this may seem fairly pointless, as this achieves the same as Output (as above). If you decide to write an application that runs another application (for example a scheduler), you may wish to monitor the output of that program - more specifically, you may only wish to be notified only of the errors that occur. If you coded your program to write to the Console.Error stream whenever an error occurred, you can tell your scheduler program to monitor this stream, and feedback any information that is sent to it. Instead of the Console appearing with the Error messages, your program may wish to log these to a file. - 22 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 23. C Sharp Programming You may wish to revisit this after studying Streams and after learning about the Process class. Command line arguments Command line arguments are values that are passed to a console program before execution. For example, the Windows command prompt includes a copy command that takes two command line arguments. The first argument is the original file and the second is the location or name for the new copy. Custom console applications can have arguments as well. using System; public class ExampleClass { public static void Main(string[] args) { Console.WriteLine("First Name: " + args[0]); Console.WriteLine("Last Name: " + args[1]); Console.Read(); } } If the program above code is compiled to a program called username.exe, it can be executed from the command line using two arguments, e.g. "Bill" and "Gates": C:>username.exe Bill Gates Notice how the Main() method above has a string array parameter. The program assumes that there will be two arguments. That assumption makes the program unsafe. If it is run without the expected number of command line arguments, it will crash when it attempts to access the missing argument. To make the program more robust, we make we can check to see if the user entered all the required arguments. using System; public class Test { public static void Main(string[] args) { if(args.Length >= 1) - 23 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 24. C Sharp Programming Console.WriteLine(args[0]); if(args.Length >= 2) Console.WriteLine(args[1]); } } Try running the program with only entering your first name or no name at all. The string.Length property returns the total number of arguments. If no arguments are given, it will return zero. You are also able to group a single argument together by using the "" quote marks. This is particularly useful if you are expecting many parameters, but there is a requirement for including spaces (e.g. file locations, file names, full names etc) using System; class Test { public static void Main(string[] args) { for(int index =0 ;index < args.Length; index++) { Console.WriteLine((index+1) + ": " + args[index]); } } } C:> Test.exe Separate words "grouped together" 1: Separate 2: words 3: grouped together - 24 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 25. C Sharp Programming Windows Forms The System.Windows.Forms namespace allows us to create Windows applications easily. The Form class is a particularly important part of that namespace because the form is the key graphical building block of Windows applications. It provides the visual frame that holds buttons, menus, icons, and title bars together. Integrated development environments (IDEs) like Visual C# and SharpDevelop can help create graphical applications, but it is important to know how to do so manually: using System.Windows.Forms; public class ExampleForm : Form // inherits from System.Windows.Forms.Form { public static void Main() { ExampleForm wikibooksForm = new ExampleForm(); wikibooksForm.Text = "I Love Wikibooks";// specify title of the form wikibooksForm.Width = 400; // width of the window in pix- els wikibooksForm.Height = 300; // height in pixels Application.Run(wikibooksForm); // display the form } } The example above creates a simple Window with the text "I Love Wikibooks" in the title bar. Custom form classes like the example above inherit from the System.Windows.Forms.Form class. Setting any of the properties Text, Width, and Height is optional. Your program will compile and run successfully if you comment these lines out, but they allow us to add extra control to our form. - 25 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 26. C Sharp Programming Advanced C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | | Index C sharp musical note Advanced Inheritance Interfaces Abstract Classes Partial Classes Generics Object Lifetime - 26 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 27. C Sharp Programming Index C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | C sharp musical note - 27 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 28. C Sharp Programming Foreword C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note C# (pronounced "See Sharp") is a multi-purpose computer programming language suitable for all development needs. Introduction Although C# is derived from the C programming language, it has features such as garbage collection that allow beginners to become proficient in C# more quickly than in C or C++. Similar to Java, it is object-oriented, comes with an extensive class library, and supports exception han- dling, multiple types of polymorphism, and separation of interfaces from implementations. Those features, combined with its powerful development tools, multi-platform support, and generics, make C# a good choice for many types of software development projects: rapid application devel- opment projects, projects implemented by individuals or large or small teams, Internet applica- tions, and projects with strict reliability requirements. Testing frameworks such as NUnit make C# amenable to test-driven development and thus a good language for use with Extreme Program- ming (XP). Its strong typing helps to prevent many programming errors that are common in weakly typed languages. A large part of the power of C# (as with other .NET languages), comes with the common .NET Framework API, which provides a large set of classes, including ones for encryption, TCP/IP socket programming, and graphics. Developers can thus write part of an application in C# and another part in another .NET language (e.g. VB .NET), keeping the tools, library, and object-oriented development model while only having to learn the new language syntax. - 28 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 29. C Sharp Programming Because of the similarities between C# and the C family of languages, as well as Java, a developer with a background in object-oriented languages like C++ may find C# structure and syntax intuitive. Standard Microsoft, with Anders Hejlsberg as Chief Engineer, created C# as part of their .NET initia- tive and subsequently opened its specification via the ECMA. Thus, the language is open to imple- mentation by other parties. Other implementations include Mono and DotGNU. C# and other .NET languages rely on an implementation of the virtual machine specified in the Common Language Infrastructure, like Microsoft's Common Language Runtime (CLR). That virtual machine manages memory, handles object references, and performs Just-In-Time (JIT) compiling of Common Intermediate Language code. The virtual machine makes C# programs safer than those that must manage their own memory and is one of the reasons .NET language code is referred to as managed code. More like Java than C and C++, C# discourages explicit use of pointers, which could otherwise allow software bugs to corrupt system memory and force the operating system to halt the program forcibly with nondescript error messages. History Microsoft's original plan was to create a rival to Java, named J++ but this was abandoned to create C#, codenamed "Cool". Microsoft submitted C# to the ECMA standards group mid-2000. C# 2.0 was released in late-2005 as part of Microsoft's development suite, Visual Studio 2005. The 2.0 version of C# includes such new features as generics, partial classes, and iterators. [1][2] - 29 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 30. C Sharp Programming Introduction C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note To compile your first C# application, you will need a copy of a .NET Framework SDK in- stalled on your PC. There are two .NET frameworks available: Microsoft's and Mono's. Microsoft For Windows, the .NET Framework SDK can be downloaded from Microsoft's .NET Framework Developer Center. If the default Windows directory (the directory where Windows or WinNT is installed) is C:WINDOWS, the .Net Framework SDK installation places the Visual C# .NET Compiler (csc) in the C:WINDOWSMicrosoft.NETFrame- workv1.0.3705 directory for version 1.0, the C:WINDOWSMicrosoft.NETFrame- workv1.1.4322 directory for version 1.1, or the C:WINDOWSMicrosoft.NETFrame- workv2.0.50727 directory for version 2.0. Mono For Windows, Linux, or other Operating Systems, an installer can be downloaded from the Mono website. For Linux, a good compiler is cscc which can be downloaded for free from the DotGNU Portable.Net project page. The compiled programs can then be run with ilrun. If you are working on Windows it is a good idea to add the path to the folders that contain cs.exe or mcs.exe to the Path environment variable so that you do not need to type the full path each time you want to compile. For writing C#.NET code, there are plenty of editors that are available. It's entirely possible to write C#.NET programs with a simple text editor, but it should be noted that this requires you - 30 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 31. C Sharp Programming to compile the code yourself. Microsoft offers a wide range of code editing programs under the Visual Studio line that offer syntax highlighting as well as compiling and debugging capabilities. Currently C#.NET can be compiled in Visual Studio 2002 and 2003 (only supports the .NET Framework version 1.0 and 1.1) and Visual Studio 2005 (supports the .NET Framework 2.0 and earlier versions with some tweaking). Microsoft offers , four of which cost money. The Visual Studio C# Express Edition can be downloaded and used for free from Microsoft's website. The code below will demonstrate a C# program written in a simple text editor. Start by sav- ing the following code to a text file called hello.cs: using System; namespace MyConsoleApplication { class MyFirstClass { static void Main(string[] args) { System.Console.WriteLine("Hello,"); Console.WriteLine("World!"); Console.ReadLine(); } } } To compile hello.cs, run the following from the command line: • For standard Microsoft installations of .NET 2.0, run C:WINDOWSMi- crosoft.NETFrameworkv2.0.50727csc.exe hello.cs • For Mono run mcs hello.cs. • For users of cscc, compile with "cscc -o <name>.exe <name>.cs". Doing so will produce hello.exe. The following command will run hello.exe: • On Windows, use hello.exe. • On Linux, use mono hello.exe or "ilrun <name>.exe". Alternatively, in Visual C# express, you could just hit F5 or the green play button to run the code, even though that is for debugging. Running hello.exe will produce the following output: - 31 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 32. C Sharp Programming Hello, World! The program will then wait for you to strike 'enter' before returning to the command prompt. Note that the example above includes the System namespace via the using keyword. That inclusion allows direct references to any member of the System namespace without specifying its fully qualified name. The first call to the WriteLine method of the Console class uses a fully qualified reference. System.Console.WriteLine("Hello,"); The second call to that method shortens the reference to the Console class by taking advan- tage of the fact that the System namespace is included (with using System). Console.WriteLine("World!"); C# is a fully object-oriented language. The following sections explain the syntax of the C# language as a beginner's course for programming in the language. Note that much of the power of the language comes from the classes provided with the .NET framework, which are not part of the C# language syntax per se. - 32 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 33. C Sharp Programming Naming This section will define the naming conventions that are generally accepted by the C# devel- opment community. Some companies may define naming conventions that differ from this, but that is done on an individual basis and is generally discouraged. Some of the objects discussed in this section may be beyond the reader's knowledge at this point, but this section can be referred back to later. Reasoning Much of the naming standards are derived from Microsoft's .NET Framework libraries. These standards have proven to make names readable and understandable "at a glance". By using the correct conventions when naming objects, you ensure that other C# programmers who read your code will easily understand what objects are without having to search your code for their definition. Conventions Namespace Namespaces are named using Pascal Case with no underscores. This means the first letter of every word in the name is capitalized. For example: MyNewNamespace. Also, note that Pascal Case also denotes that acronyms of three or more letters should only have the first letter capital- ized (MyXmlNamespace instead of MyXMLNamespace) - 33 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 34. C Sharp Programming Assemblies If an assembly contains only one namespace, they should use the same name. Otherwise, Assembles should follow the normal Pascal Case format. Classes and Structures Pascal Case, no underscores or leading "C", "cls", or "I". Classes should not have the same name as the namespace in which they reside. Any acronyms of three or more letters should be pascal case, not all caps. Try to avoid abbreviations, and try to always use nouns. Exception Classes Follow class naming conventions, but add Exception to the end of the name. In .Net 2.0, all classes should inherit from the System.Exception base class, and not inherit from the System.Appli- cationException. Interfaces Follow class naming conventions, but start the name with "I" and capitalize the letter follow- ing the "I". Example: IFoo The "I" prefix helps to differentiate between Interfaces and classes and also to avoid name collisions. Functions Pascal Case, no underscores except in the event handlers. Try to avoid abbreviations. Many programmers have a nasty habit of overly abbreviating everything. This should be discouraged. Properties and Public Member Variables Pascal Case, no underscores. Try to avoid abbreviations. - 34 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 35. C Sharp Programming Parameters and Procedure-level Variables Camel Case. Try to avoid abbreviations. Camel Case is the same as Pascal case, but the first letter of the first word is lowercased. Class-level Private and Protected Variables Camel Case with a leading underscore. Always indicate 'Protected' or 'Private' in the declara- tion. The leading underscore is the only controversial thing in this document. The leading charac- ter helps to prevent name collisions in constructors (a parameter and a private variable have the same name). Controls on Forms Pascal Case with a prefix that identifies it as being part of the UI instead of a purely coded control (ex. a temporary variable). Many developers use "ui" as the prefix followed by a descrip- tive name such as "UserNameTextBox" Constants Pascal Case. The use of SCREAMING_CAPS is discouraged. This is a large change from earlier conventions. Most developers now realize that in using SCREAMING_CAPS they betray more implementation than is necessary. A large portion of the .NET Framework Design Guide- lines is dedicated to this discussion. Example Here is an example of a class that uses all of these naming conventions combined. using System; namespace MyExampleNamespace { - 35 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 36. C Sharp Programming public class Customer : IDisposable { private string _customerName; public string CustomerName { get { return _customerName; } set { _customerName = value; _lastUpdated = DateTime.Now; } } private DateTime _lastUpdated; public DateTime LastUpdated { get { return _lastUpdated; } private set { _lastUpdated = value; } } public void UpdateCustomer(string newName) { if( !newName.Equals(customerName)) { CustomerName = newName; } } public void Dispose() { //Do nothing } } } - 36 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 37. C Sharp Programming Syntax C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note C# syntax looks quite similar to the syntax of Java because both inherit much of their syntax from C and C++. The object-oriented nature of C# requires the high-level structure of a C# program to be defined in terms of classes, whose detailed behaviors are defined by their state- ments. Statements The basic unit of execution in a C# program is the statement. A statement can declare a variable, define an expression, perform a simple action by calling a method, control the flow of execution of other statements, create an object, or assign a value to a variable, property, or field. Statements are usually terminated by a semicolon. Statements can be grouped into comma-separated statement lists or brace-enclosed statement blocks. Examples: int sampleVariable; // declaring a variable sampleVariable = 5; // assigning a value Method(); // calling an instance method SampleClass sampleObject = new SampleClass(); // creating a new instance of an object sampleObject.ObjectMethod(); // calling a member function of an object - 37 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 38. C Sharp Programming // executing a "for" loop with an embedded "if" statement for(int i = 0; i < upperLimit; i++) { if (SampleClass.SampleStaticMethodReturningBoolean(i)) { sum += sampleObject.SampleMethodReturningInteger(i); } } Statement blocks A series of statements surrounded by curly braces form a block of code. Among other purpos- es, code blocks serve to limit the scope of variables defined within them. Code blocks can be nested and often appear as the bodies of methods. private void MyMethod(int value) { // This block of code is the body of "MyMethod()" // The 'value' integer parameter is accessible to everything in the method int methodLevelVariable; // This variable is accessible to everything in the method if (value == 2) { // methodLevelVariable is still accessible here int limitedVariable; // This variable is only accessible to code in the if block DoSomeWork(limitedVariable); } // limitedVariable is no longer accessible here } // Here ends the code block for the body of "MyMethod()". - 38 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 39. C Sharp Programming Comments Comments allow inline documentation of source code. The C# compiler ignores comments. Three styles of comments are allowed in C#: Single-line comments The "//" character sequence marks the following text as a single-line comment. Single-line comments, as one would expect, end at the first end-of-line following the "//" comment marker. Multiple-line comments Comments can span multiple lines by using the multiple-line comment style. Such com- ments start with "/*" and end with "*/". The text between those multi-line comment markers is the comment. //This style of a comment is restricted to one line. /* This is another style of a comment. It allows multiple lines. */ XML Documentation-line comments This comment is used to generate XML documentation. Each line of the comment begins with "///". /// <summary> documentation here </summary> This is the most recommended type. Avoid using butterfly style comments. For example: //************************** // Butterfly style documentation comments like this are not recommend- ed. //************************** - 39 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 40. C Sharp Programming Case sensitivity C# is case-sensitive, including its variable and method names. The variables myInteger and MyInteger below are distinct because C# is case-sensitive: int myInteger = 3; int MyInteger = 5; For example, C# defines a class Console to handle most operations with the console window. Writing the following code would result in a compiler error unless an object named console had been previously defined. // Compiler error! console.writeline("Hello"); The following corrected code compiles as expected because it uses the correct case: Console.WriteLine("Hello"); - 40 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 41. C Sharp Programming Variables C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Variables are used to store values. More technically, a variable binds an object (in the gener- al sense of the term, i.e. a specific value) to an identifier (the variable's name) so that the object can be accessed later. Variables can, for example, store a value for later use: string name = "Dr. Jones"; Console.WriteLine("Good morning " + name); In this example "name" is the identifier and "Dr. Jones" is the value that we bound to it. Also, each variable is declared with an explicit type. Only values whose types are compatible with the variable's declared type can be bound to (stored in) the variable. In the above example we stored "Dr. Jones" into a variable of the type string. This is a legal statement. However, if we had said int name = "Dr. Jones", the compiler would have thrown an error telling us that you cannot implic- itly convert between int and string. There are methods for doing this, but we will talk about them later. Fields, Local Variables, and Parameters C# supports several program elements corresponding to the general programming concept of variable: fields, parameters, and local variables. - 41 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 42. C Sharp Programming Fields Fields, sometimes called class-level variables, are variables associated with classes or structures. An instance variable is a field associated with an instance of the class or structure, while a static variable, declared with the static keyword, is a field associated with the type itself. Fields can also be associated with their class by making them constants (const), which requires a declaration assignment of a constant value and prevents subsequent changes to the field. Each field has a visibility of public, protected, internal, protected internal, or private (from most visible to least visible). Local variables Like fields, local variables can optionally be constant (const). Constant local variables are stored in the assembly data region, while non-constant local variables are stored (or referenced from) the stack. They thus have both a scope and an extent of the method or statement block that declares them. Parameter Parameters are variables associated with a method. An in parameter may either have its value passed in from the callee to the method's environ- ment, so that changes to the parameter by the method do not affect the value of the callee's vari- able, or passed in by reference, so that changes to the variables will affect the value of the callee's variable. Value types (int, double, string) are passed in "by value" while reference types (objects) are passed in "by reference." Since this is the default for the C# compiler, it is not necessary to use . An out parameter does not have its value copied, thus changes to the variable's value within the method's environment directly affect the value from the callee's environment. Such a variable is considered by the compiler to be unbound upon method entry, thus it is illegal to reference an out parameter before assigning it a value. It also must be assigned by the method in each valid (non-exceptional) code path through the method in order for the method to compile. A reference parameter is similar to an out parameter, except that it is bound before the method call and it need not be assigned by the method. - 42 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 43. C Sharp Programming A params parameter represents a variable number of parameters. If a method signature in- cludes one, the params argument must be the last argument in the signature. // Each pair of lines is what the definition of a method and a call of a // method with each of the parameters types would look like. // In param: void MethodOne(int param1) //definition MethodOne(variable); //call // Out param: void MethodTwo(out string message) //definition MethodTwo(out variable); //call // Reference param; void MethodThree(ref int someFlag) //definition MethodThree(ref theFlag) //call // Params void MethodFour(params string[] names) //definition MethodFour("Matthew", "Mark", "Luke", "John"); //call Types Each type in C# is either a value type or a reference type. C# has several predefined ("built- in") types and allows for declaration of custom value types and reference types. Integral types Because the type system in C# is unified with other languages that are CLI-compliant, each integral C# type is actually an alias for a corresponding type in the .NET framework. Although the names of the aliases vary between .NET languages, the underlying types in the .NET frame- work remain the same. Thus, objects created in assemblies written in other languages of the .NET Framework can be bound to C# variables of any type to which the value can be converted, per the conversion rules below. The following illustrates the cross-language compatibility of types by comparing C# code with the equivalent Visual Basic .NET code: // C# public void UsingCSharpTypeAlias() { - 43 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 44. C Sharp Programming int i = 42; } public void EquivalentCodeWithoutAlias() { System.Int32 i = 42; } ' Visual Basic .NET Public Sub UsingVisualBasicTypeAlias() Dim i As Integer = 42 End Sub Public Sub EquivalentCodeWithoutAlias() Dim i As System.Int32 = 42 End Sub Using the language-specific type aliases is often considered more readable than using the fully-qualified .NET Framework type names. The fact that each C# type corresponds to a type in the unified type system gives each value type a consistent size across platforms and compilers. That consistency is an important distinction from other languages such as C, where, e.g. a long is only guaranteed to be at least as large as an int, and is implemented with different sizes by different compilers. As reference types, vari- ables of types derived from object (i.e. any class) are exempt from the consistent size require- ment. That is, the size of reference types like System.IntPtr, as opposed to value types like Sys- tem.Int, may vary by platform. Fortunately, there is rarely a need to know the actual size of a reference type. There are two predefined reference types: object, an alias for the System.Object class, from which all other reference types derive; and string, an alias for the System.String class. C# likewise has several integral value types, each an alias to a corresponding value type in the System namespace of the .NET Framework. The predefined C# type aliases expose the methods of the underlying .NET Framework types. For example, since the .NET Framework's System.Int32 type implements a ToString() method to convert the value of an integer to its string representation, C#'s int type exposes that method: int i = 97; string s = i.ToString(); // The value of s is now the string "97". - 44 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 45. C Sharp Programming Likewise, the System.Int32 type implements the Parse() method, which can therefore be accessed via C#'s int type: string s = "97"; int i = int.Parse(s); // The value of i is now the integer 97. The unified type system is enhanced by the ability to convert value types to reference types (boxing) and likewise to convert certain reference types to their corresponding value types (unbox- ing). This is also known as casting. object boxedInteger = 97; int unboxedInteger = (int)boxedInteger; Boxing and casting are, however, not type-safe: the compiler won't generate an error if the programmer mixes up the types. In the following short example the mistake is quite obvious, but in complex programs it may be real hard to spot. Avoid boxing, if possible. object getInteger = "97"; int anInteger = (int)getInteger; // no compile-time error, the program will crash, however The built-in C# type aliases and their equivalent .NET Framework types follow: - 45 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 46. C Sharp Programming Integers C# Alias .NET Type Size (bits) Range sbyte System.SByte 8 -128 to 127 byte System.Byte 8 0 to 255 short System.Int16 16 -32,768 to 32,767 ushort System.UInt16 16 0 to 65,535 char System.Char 16 A unicode character of code 0 to 65,535 int System.Int32 32 -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647 uint System.UInt32 32 0 to 4,294,967,295 long System.Int64 64 -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 to 9,223,372,036,854,775,807 ulong System.UInt64 64 0 to 18,446,744,073,709,551,615 Floating-point C# Alias .NET Type Size (bits) Precision Range float System.Single 32 7 digits 1.5 x 10-45 to 3.4 x 1038 double System.Double 64 15-16 digits 5.0 x 10-324 to 1.7 x 10308 decimal System.Decimal 128 28-29 decimal places 1.0 x 10-28 to 7.9 x 1028 Other predefined types C# Alias .NET Type Size (bits) Range bool System.Boolean 32 true or false, which aren't related to any integer in C#. object System.Object 32/64 Platform dependant (a pointer to an object). string System.String 16 * length A unicode string with no special upper bound. - 46 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 47. C Sharp Programming Custom types The predefined types can be aggregated and extended into custom types. Custom value types are declared with the struct or enum keyword. Likewise, custom refer- ence types are declared with the class keyword. Arrays Although the number of dimensions is included in array declarations, the size of each dimen- sion is not: string[] s; Assignments to an array variable (prior to the variable's usage), however, specify the size of each dimension: s = new string[5]; As with other variable types, the declaration and the initialization can be combined: string[] s = new string[5] ; It is also important to note that like in Java, arrays are passed by reference, and not passed by value. For example, the following code snippet successfully swaps two elements in an integer array: static void swap (int[] arr, int i, int j) { int temp = arr[i]; arr[i] = arr[j]; arr[j] = temp; } - 47 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 48. C Sharp Programming Conversion Values of a given type may or may not be explicitly or implicitly convertible to other types depending on predefined conversion rules, inheritance structure, and explicit cast definitions. Predefined conversions Many predefined value types have predefined conversions to other predefined value types. If the type conversion is guaranteed not to lose information, the conversion can be implicit (i.e. an explicit cast is not required). Inheritance polymorphism A value can be implicitly converted to any class from which it inherits or interface that it implements. To convert a base class to a class that inherits from it, the conversion must be explic- it in order for the conversion statement to compile. Similarly, to convert an interface instance to a class that implements it, the conversion must be explicit in order for the conversion statement to compile. In either case, the runtime environment throws a conversion exception if the value to convert is not an instance of the target type or any of its derived types. Scope and extent The scope and extent of variables is based on their declaration. The scope of parameters and local variables corresponds to the declaring method or statement block, while the scope of fields is associated with the instance or class and is potentially further restricted by the field's access modifiers. The extent of variables is determined by the runtime environment using implicit reference counting and a complex garbage collection algorithm. - 48 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 49. C Sharp Programming Operators C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note C# operators and their precedence closely resemble the operators in other languages of the C family. Similar to C++, classes can overload most operators, defining or redefining the behavior of the operators in contexts where the first argument of that operator is an instance of that class, but doing so is often discouraged for clarity. Following are the built-in behaviors of C# operators. Arithmetic The following arithmetic operators operate on numeric operands (arguments a and b in the "sample usage" below). - 49 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 50. C Sharp Programming Sampleus- Read Explanation age a+b a plus b The binary operator + returns the sum of its arguments. a-b a minus b The binary operator - returns the difference between its argu- ments. a*b a times b The binary operator * returns the multiplicative product of its arguments. a/b a divided by b The binary operator / returns the quotient of its arguments. If both of its operators are integers, it obtains that quotient using integer division (i.e. it drops any resulting remainder). a%b a mod b The binary operator % operates only on integer arguments. It returns the remainder of integer division of those argu- ments. (See modular arithmetic.) a++ a plus plus or Postin- The unary operator ++ operates only on arguments that have crement a an l-value. When placed after its argument, it increments that argument by 1 and returns the value of that argument before it was incremented. ++a plus plus a or Prein- The unary operator ++ operates only on arguments that have crement a an l-value. When placed before its argument, it increments that argument by 1 and returns the resulting value. a-- a minus minus or The unary operator -- operates only on arguments that have Postdecrement a an l-value. When placed after its argument, it decrements that argument by 1 and returns the value of that argument before it was decremented. --a minus minus a or Pre- The unary operator -- operates only on arguments that have decrement a an l-value. When placed before its argument, it decrements that argument by 1 and returns the resulting value. Logical The following logical operators operate on boolean or integral operands, as noted. - 50 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 51. C Sharp Programming Sample Read Explanation usage a&b a bitwise and The binary operator & evaluates both of its operands and returns the b logical conjunction ("AND") of their results. If the operands are inte- gral, the logical conjunction is performed bitwise. a && b a and b The binary operator && operates on boolean operands only. It evalu- ates its first operand. If the result is false, it returns false. Otherwise, it evaluates and returns the results of the second operand. Note that if evaluating the second operand would hypothetically have no side effects, the results are identical to the logical conjunction performed by the & operator. a|b a bitwise or b The binary operator | evaluates both of its operands and returns the logical disjunction ("OR") of their results. If the operands are integral, the logical disjunction is performed bitwise. a || b a or b The binary operator || operates on boolean operands only. It evaluates the first operand. If the result is true, it returns true. Otherwise, it evaluates and returns the results of the second operand. Note that if evaluating the second operand would hypothetically have no side ef- fects, the results are identical to the logical disjunction performed by the | operator. a^b a x-or b The binary operator ^ returns the exclusive or ("XOR") of their re- sults. If the operands are integral, the exclusive or is performed bit- wise. !a not a The unary operator ! operates on a boolean operand only. It evaluates its operand and returns the negation ("NOT") of the result. That is, it returns true if a evaluates to false and it returns false if a evaluates to true. ~a bitwise not a The unary operator ~ operates on integral operands only. It evaluates its operand and returns the bitwise negation of the result. That is, ~a returns a value where each bit is the negation of the corresponding bit in the result of evaluating a. - 51 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 52. C Sharp Programming Bitwise shifting Sample us- Read Explanation age a << b a left shift b The binary operator << evaluates its operands and returns the re- sulting first argument left-shifted by the number of bits specified by the second argument. It discards high-order bits that shift be- yond the size of its first argument and sets new low-order bits to zero. a >> b a right shift b The binary operator >> evaluates its operands and returns the re- sulting first argument right-shifted by the number of bits specified by the second argument. It discards low-order bits that are shifted beyond the size of its first argument and sets new high-order bits to the sign bit of the first argument, or to zero if the first argument is unsigned. Relational The binary relational operators ==, !=, <, >, <=, and >= are used for relational operations and for type comparisons. Sample us- Read Explanation age a == b a is equal to b For arguments of value type, the operator == returns true if its operands have the same value, false otherwise. For the string type, it returns true if the strings' character se- quences match. For other reference types (types derived - 52 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 53. C Sharp Programming from System.Object), however, a == b returns true only if a and b reference the same object. a != b a is not equal to b The operator != returns the logical negation of the operator ==. Thus, it returns true if a is not equal to b, and false if they are equal. a<b a is less than b The operator < operates on integral types. It returns true if a is less than b, false otherwise. a>b a is greater than b The operator > operates on integral types. It returns true if a is greater than b, false otherwise. a <= b a is less than or equal The operator <= operates on integral types. It returns true to b if a is less than or equal to b, false otherwise. a >= b a is greater than or The operator >= operates on integral types. It returns true equal to b if a is greater than or equal to b, false otherwise. Assignment The assignment operators are binary. The most basic is the operator =. Not surprisingly, it assigns the value of its second argument to its first argument. (More technically, the operator = requires for its first (left) argument an expression to which a value can be assigned (an l-value) and for its second (right) argument an expression which can be evaluated (an r-value). That requirement of an assignable expression to its left and a bound expression to its right is the origin of the terms l-value and r-value.) The first argument of the assignment operator (=) is typically a variable. When that argument has a value type, the assignment operation changes the argument's underlying value. When the first argument is a reference type, the assignment operation changes the reference, so the first argument typically just refers to a different object but the object that it originally referenced does not change (except that it may no longer be referenced and may thus be a candidate for garbage collection). - 53 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 54. C Sharp Programming Sample usage Read Explanation a=b a equals (or set to) b The operator = evaluates its second argument and then assigns the results to (the l-value indicated by) its first argument. a=b=c b set to c, and then a Equivalent to a = (b = c). When there are consecutive set to b assignments, the right-most assignment is evaluated first, proceeding from right to left. In this example, both variables a and b have the value of c. Short-hand Assignment The short-hand assignment operators shortens the common assignment operation of a = a operator b into a operator= b, resulting in less typing and neater syntax. Sample usage Read Explanation a += b a plus equals (or increment by) b Equivalent to a = a + b. a -= b a minus equals (or decrement by) b Equivalent to a = a - b. a *= b a multiply equals (or multiplied by) b Equivalent to a = a * b. a /= b a divide equals (or divided by) b Equivalent to a = a / b. a %= b a mod equals b Equivalent to a = a % b. a &= b a and equals b Equivalent to a = a & b. a |= b a or equals b Equivalent to a = a | b. a ^= b a xor equals b Equivalent to a = a ^ b. a <<= b a left-shift equals b Equivalent to a = a << b. a >>= b a right-shift equals b Equivalent to a = a >> b. - 54 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 55. C Sharp Programming Type information Expression Explanation x is T returns true if the variable x of base class type stores an object of derived class type T, or, if x is of type T. Else returns false. x as T returns (T)x (x cast to T) if the variable x of base class type stores an object of de- rived class type T, or, if x is of type T. Else returns null. Equivalent to x is T ? (T)x : null sizeof(x) returns the size of the value type x. Remarks: The sizeof operator can be applied only to value types, not reference types.. typeof(T) returns a System.Type object describing the type. T must be the name of the type, and not a variable. Use the GetType method to retrieve run-time type information of variables. Pointer manipulation NOTE: Most C# developers agree that direct manipulation and use of pointers is not recom- mended in C#. The language has many built-in classes to allow you to do almost any operation you want. C# was built with memory-management in mind and the creation and use of pointers is greatly disruptive to this end. This speaks to the declaration of pointers and the use of pointer notation, not arrays. In fact, a program may only be compiled in "unsafe mode" if it uses pointers. Expression Explanation *a Indirection operator. Allows access the object being pointed. a->member Similar to the '.' operator. Allows access to members of classes and structs being pointed. a[] Used to index a pointer. &a References the address of the pointer. stackalloc allocates memory on the stack. fixed Temporarily fixes a variable in order that its address may be found. - 55 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 56. C Sharp Programming Overflow exception control Expression Explanation checked(a) uses overflow checking on value a unchecked(a) avoids overflow checking on value a Others Expression Explanation a.b accesses member b of type or namespace a a[b] the value of index b in a (a)b casts the value b to type a new a creates an object of type a a+b if a and b are string types, concatenates a and b a?b:c if a is true, returns the value of b, otherwise c a ?? b if a is null, returns b, otherwise returns a @a you can write a path without mentioning the special characters. (example: @"c:" instead of "c:") - 56 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 57. C Sharp Programming Data structures C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note There are various ways of grouping sets of data together in C#. Enumerations An enumeration is a data type that enumerates a set of items by assigning to each of them an identifier (a name), while exposing an underlying base type for ordering the elements of the enumeration. The underlying type is int by default, but can be any one of the integral types except for char. Enumerations are declared as follows: enum Weekday { Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday }; The elements in the above enumeration are then available as constants: Weekday day = Weekday.Monday; if (day == Weekday.Tuesday) { Console.WriteLine("Time sure flies by when you program in C#!"); } - 57 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 58. C Sharp Programming If no explicit values are assigned to the enumerated items as the example above, the first ele- ment has the value 0, and the successive values are assigned to each subsequent element. Howev- er, specific values from the underlying integral type can be assigned to any of the enumerated elements: enum Age { Infant = 0, Teenager = 13, Adult = 18 }; Age age = Age.Teenager; Console.WriteLine("You become a teenager at an age of {0}.", (int)age); The underlying values of enumerated elements may go unused when the purpose of an enu- meration is simply to group a set of items together, e.g., to represent a nation, state, or geographi- cal territory in a more meaningful way than an integer could. Rather than define a group of logical- ly related constants, it is often more readable to use an enumeration. It may be desirable to create an enumeration with a base type other than int. To do so, specify any integral type besides char as with base class extension syntax after the name of the enumera- tion, as follows: enum CardSuit : byte { Hearts, Diamonds, Spades, Clubs }; The enumeration type is also helpful if you need to output the value. By calling the .ToString() method on the enumeration, will output the enumerations name (e.g. Card- Suit.Hearts.ToString() will output "Hearts"). Structs Structures (keyword struct) are light-weight objects. They are mostly used when only a data container is required for a collection of value type variables. Structs are similar to classes in that - 58 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 59. C Sharp Programming they can have constructors, methods, and even implement interfaces, but there are important differences. • Structs are value types while classes are reference types, which means they behave differently when passed into methods as parameters. • Structs cannot support inheritance. While structs may appear to be limited with their use, they require less memory and can be less expensive if used in the proper way. • Structs always have a default constructor, even if you don't want one. Classes allow you to hide the constructor away by using the "private" modifier, whereas structures must have one. A struct can, for example, be declared like this: struct Person { public string name; public System.DateTime birthDate; public int heightInCm; public int weightInKg; } The Person struct can then be used like this: Person dana = new Person(); dana.name = "Dana Developer"; dana.birthDate = new DateTime(1974, 7, 18); dana.heightInCm = 178; dana.weightInKg = 50; if (dana.birthDate < DateTime.Now) { Console.WriteLine("Thank goodness! Dana Developer isn't from the fu- ture!"); } It is also possible to provide constructors to structs to make it easier to initialize them: using System; struct Person { - 59 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 60. C Sharp Programming string name; DateTime birthDate; int heightInCm; int weightInKg; public Person(string name, DateTime birthDate, int heightInCm, int weightInKg) { this.name = name; this.birthDate = birthDate; this.heightInCm = heightInCm; this.weightInKg = weightInKg; } } public class StructWikiBookSample { public static void Main() { Person dana = new Person("Dana Developer", new DateTime(1974, 7, 18), 178, 50); } } Structs are really only used for performance reasons and/or if you intend to it by value. Structs work best when holding a total equal to or less than 16 bytes of data. If in doubt, use classes. Arrays Arrays represent a set of items all belonging to the same type. The declaration itself may use a variable or a constant to define the length of the array. However, an array has a set length and it cannot be changed after declaration. // an array whose length is defined with a constant int[] integers = new int[20]; int length = 0; System.Console.Write("How long should the array be? "); System.Console.ReadLine(length); // an array whose length is defined with a variable - 60 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 61. C Sharp Programming // this array still can't change length after declaration double[] doubles = new double[length]; - 61 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 62. C Sharp Programming Control C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Conditional, iteration, jump, and exception handling statements control a program's flow of execution. An iteration statement can create a loop using keywords such as do, while, for, foreach, and in. A jump statement can be used to transfer program control using keywords such as break, continue, return, and yield. An exception handling statement can be used to handle exceptions using keywords such as throw, try-catch, try-finally, and try-catch-finally. Conditional statements A conditional statement decides whether to execute code based on conditions. The if state- ment and the switch statement are the two types of conditional statements in C#. The if statement As with most of C#, the if statement has the same syntax as in C, C++, and Java. Thus, it is written in the following form: if-statement ::= "if" "(" condition ")" if-body ["else" else-body] - 62 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 63. C Sharp Programming condition ::= boolean-expression if-body ::= statement-or-statement-block else-body ::= statement-or-statement-block The if statement evaluates its condition expression to determine whether to execute the if- body. Optionally, an else clause can immediately follow the if body, providing code to execute when the condition is false. Making the else-body another if statement creates the common cas- cade of if, else if, else if, else if, else statements: using System; public class IfStatementSample { public void IfMyNumberIs() { int myNumber = 5; if ( myNumber == 4 ) Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not 4."); else if( myNumber < 0 ) { Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not negative."); } else if( myNumber % 2 == 0 ) Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not even."); else { Console.WriteLine("myNumber does not match the coded conditions, so this sentence will be shown!"); } } } The switch statement The switch statement is similar to the statement from C, C++ and Java. Unlike C, each case statement must finish with a jump statement (which can be break or goto or return). In other words, C# does not support "fall through" from one case statement to - 63 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 64. C Sharp Programming the next (thereby eliminating a common source of unexpected behaviour in C programs). Howev- er "stacking" of cases is allowed, as in the example below. If goto is used, it may refer to a case label or the default case (e.g. goto case 0 or goto default). The default label is optional. If no default case is defined, then the default behaviour is to do nothing. A simple example: switch (nCPU) { case 0: Console.WriteLine("You don't have a CPU! :-)"); break; case 1: Console.WriteLine("Single processor computer"); break; case 2: Console.WriteLine("Dual processor computer"); break; // Stacked cases case 3: case 4: case 5: case 6: case 7: case 8: Console.WriteLine("A multi processor computer"); break; default: Console.WriteLine("A seriously parallel computer"); break; } A nice improvement over the C switch statement is that the switch variable can be a string. For example: switch (aircraft_ident) { case "C-FESO": Console.WriteLine("Rans S6S Coyote"); break; case "C-GJIS": Console.WriteLine("Rans S12XL Airaile"); - 64 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 65. C Sharp Programming break; default: Console.WriteLine("Unknown aircraft"); break; } Iteration statements An iteration statement creates a loop of code to execute a variable number of times. The for loop, the do loop, the while loop, and the foreach loop are the iteration statements in C#. The do...while loop The do...while loop likewise has the same syntax as in other languages derived from C. It is written in the following form: do...while-loop ::= "do" body "while" "(" condition ")" condition ::= boolean-expression body ::= statement-or-statement-block The do...while loop always runs its body once. After its first run, it evaluates its condition to determine whether to run its body again. If the condition is true, the body executes. If the condition evaluates to true again after the body has ran, the body executes again. When the condi- tion evaluates to false, the do...while loop ends. using System; public class DoWhileLoopSample { public void PrintValuesFromZeroToTen() { int number = 0; do { Console.WriteLine(number++.ToString()); } while(number <= 10); } - 65 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 66. C Sharp Programming } The above code writes the integers from 0 to 10 to the console. The for loop The for loop likewise has the same syntax as in other languages derived from C. It is written in the following form: for-loop ::= "for" "(" initialization ";" condition ";" iteration ")" body initialization ::= variable-declaration | list-of-statements condition ::= boolean-expression iteration ::= list-of-statements body ::= statement-or-statement-block The initialization variable declaration or statements are executed the first time through the for loop, typically to declare and initialize an index variable. The condition expression is evaluat- ed before each pass through the body to determine whether to execute the body. It is often used to test an index variable against some limit. If the condition evaluates to true, the body is execut- ed. The iteration statements are executed after each pass through the body, typically to increment or decrement an index variable. public class ForLoopSample { public void ForFirst100NaturalNumbers() { for(int i=0; i<100; i++) { System.Console.WriteLine(i.ToString()); } } } The above code writes the integers from 0 to 99 to the console. - 66 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 67. C Sharp Programming The foreach loop The foreach statement is similar to the for statement in that both allow code to iterate over the items of collections, but the foreach statement lacks an iteration index, so it works even with collections that lack indices altogether. It is written in the following form: foreach-loop ::= "foreach" "(" variable-declaration "in" enumerable-expression ")" body body ::= statement-or-statement-block The enumerable-expression is an expression of a type that implements IEnumerable, so it can be an array or a collection. The variable-declaration declares a variable that will be set to the successive elements of the enumerable-expression for each pass through the body. The fore- ach loop exits when there are no more elements of the enumerable-expression to assign to the variable of the variable-declaration. public class ForEachSample { public void DoSomethingForEachItem() { string[] itemsToWrite = {"Alpha", "Bravo", "Charlie"}; foreach (string item in itemsToWrite) System.Console.WriteLine(item); } } In the above code, the foreach statement iterates over the elements of the string array to write "Alpha", "Bravo", and "Charlie" to the console. The while loop The while loop has the same syntax as in other languages derived from C. It is written in the following form: while-loop ::= "while" "(" condition ")" body condition ::= boolean-expression body ::= statement-or-statement-block - 67 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 68. C Sharp Programming The while loop evaluates its condition to determine whether to run its body. If the condition is true, the body executes. If the condition then evaluates to true again, the body executes again. When the condition evaluates to false, the while loop ends. using System; public class WhileLoopSample { public void RunForAwhile() { TimeSpan durationToRun = new TimeSpan(0, 0, 30); DateTime start = DateTime.Now; while (DateTime.Now - start < durationToRun) { Console.WriteLine("not finished yet"); } Console.WriteLine("finished"); } } Jump statements A jump statement can be used to transfer program control using keywords such as break, continue, return, yield, and throw. - 68 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 69. C Sharp Programming Exceptions C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The exception handling system in the C# language allows the programmer to handle errors or anomalous situations in a structured manner that allows the programmer to separate the normal flow of the code from error-handling logic. An exception can represent a variety of abnormal conditions, including, for example, the use of a null object reference detected by the runtime system, or an invalid input string entered by a user and detected by application code. Code that detects an error condition is said to throw an exception and code that handles the error is said to catch the exception. An exception in C# is an object that encapsulates various information about the error that occurred, such as the stack trace at the point of the exception and a descriptive error message. All exception objects are instantiations of the System.Exception or a child class of it. There are many exception classes defined in the .NET Framework used for various purposes. Programmers may also define their own class inheriting from System.Exception or some other appropriate exception class from the .NET Framework. Microsoft recommendations prior to version 2.0 recommended that a developer inherit from the ApplicationException exception class. After 2.0 was released, this recommendation was made obsolete and users should inherit from the Exception class[1]. The following example demonstrates the basics of exception throwing and handling excep- tions: class ExceptionTest { public static void Main(string[] args) { try { OrderPizza("pepperoni"); - 69 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 70. C Sharp Programming OrderPizza("anchovies"); } catch (ArgumentException e) { Console.WriteLine(e.Message); } finally { Console.WriteLine("press enter to continue..."); Console.ReadLine(); } } private static void OrderPizza(string topping) { if (topping != "pepperoni" && topping != "sausage") { throw new ArgumentException( String.Format("Unsupported pizza topping: {0}", topping)); } Console.WriteLine("one {0} pizza ordered", topping); } } When run, this example produces the following output: one pepperoni pizza ordered Unsupported pizza topping: anchovies press enter to continue... The Main() method begins by opening a try block. A try block is a block of code that may throw an exception that is to be caught and handled. Following the try block are one or more catch blocks. These blocks contain the exception handling logic. Each catch block contains an exception object declaration, similar to the way a method argument is declared, in this case, an ApplicationException named e. When an exception matching the type of the catch block is thrown, that exception object is passed in to the catch and available for it to use and even possibly re-throw. The try block calls the OrderPizza() method, which may throw an ApplicationExcep- tion. The method checks the input string and, if it has an invalid value, an exception is thrown using the throw keyword. The throw is followed by the object reference representing the excep- tion object to throw. In this case, the exception object is constructed on the spot. When the excep- tion is thrown, control is transferred to the inner most catch block matching the exception type - 70 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 71. C Sharp Programming thrown. In this case, it is one method in the call stack higher. Lastly, the Main() method contains a finally block after the catch block. The finally block is optional and contains code that is to be executed regardless of whether an exception is thrown in the associated try block. In this case, the finally just prompts the user to press enter, but normally it is used to release acquired re- sources or perform other cleanup activities. References 1. ↑ [ApplicationException made obsolete] - 71 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 72. C Sharp Programming Namespaces C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Namespaces are used to provide a "named space" in which your application resides. They're used especially to provide the C# compiler a context for all the named information in your pro- gram, such as variable names. Without namespaces, you wouldn't be able to make, e.g., a class named Console, as .NET already uses one in its System namespace. The purpose of namespaces is to solve this problem, and release thousands of names defined in the .NET Framework for your applications to use, along with making it so your application doesn't occupy names for other appli- cations, if your application is intended to be used in conjunction with another. So namespaces exist to resolve ambiguities a compiler wouldn't otherwise be able to do. Namespaces are easily defined in this way: namespace MyApplication { // The content to reside in the MyApplication namespace is placed here. } There is an entire hierarchy of namespaces provided to you by the .NET Framework, with the System namespace usually being by far the most commonly seen one. Data in a namespace is referred to by using the . operator, such as: System.Console.WriteLine("Hello, world!"); This will call the WriteLine method that is a member of the Console class within the System namespace. - 72 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 73. C Sharp Programming By using the using keyword, you explicitly tell the compiler that you'll be using a certain namespace in your program. Since the compiler would then know that, it no longer requires you to type the namespace name(s) for such declared namespaces, as you told it which namespaces it should look in if it couldn't find the data in your application. So one can then type like this: using System; namespace MyApplication { class MyClass { void ShowGreeting() { Console.WriteLine("Hello, world!"); // note how System is now not re- quired } } } Namespaces are global, so a namespace in one C# source file, and another with the same name in another source file, will cause the compiler to treat the different named information in these two source files as residing in the same namespace. Nested namespaces Normally, your entire application resides under its own special namespace, often named after your application or project name. Sometimes, companies with an entire product series decide to use nested namespaces though, where the "root" namespace can share the name of the company, and the nested namespaces the respective project names. This can be especially convenient if you're a developer who has made a library with some usual functionality that can be shared across programs. If both the library and your program shared a parent namespace, that one would then not have to be explicitly declared with the using keyword, and still not have to be completely typed out. If your code was open for others to use, third party developers that may use your code would additionally then see that the same company had developed the library and the program. The developer of the library and program would finally also separate all the named information in their product source codes, for fewer headaches especially if common names are used. - 73 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 74. C Sharp Programming To make your application reside in a nested namespace, you can show this in two ways. Ei- ther like this: namespace CodeWorks { namespace MyApplication { // Do stuff } } ... or like this: namespace CodeWorks.MyApplication { // Do stuff } Both methods are accepted, and are identical in what they do. - 74 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 75. C Sharp Programming Classes C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note As in other object-oriented programming languages, the functionality of a C# program is implemented in one or more classes. The methods and properties of a class contain the code that defines how the class behaves. C# classes support information hiding by encapsulating functionality in properties and methods and by enabling several types of polymorphism, including subtyping polymorphism via inheritance and parametric polymorphism via generics. Several types of C# classes can be defined, including instance classes (standard classes that can be instantiated), static classes, and structures. Classes are defined using the keyword "class" followed by an identifier to name the class. Instances of the class can then be created with the "new" keyword followed by the name of the class. The code below defines a class called Employee with properties Name and Age and with empty methods GetPayCheck() and Work(). It also defines a Sample class that instantiates and uses the Employee class: public class Employee { private string _name; private int _age; public string Name { set { _name = value; } get { return _name; } } - 75 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 76. C Sharp Programming public int Age { set { _age = value; } get { return _age; } } public void GetPayCheck() { } public void Work() { } } public class Sample { public static void Main() { Employee Marissa = new Employee(); Marissa.Work(); Marissa.GetPayCheck(); } } Methods C# methods are class members containing code. They may have a return value and a list of parameters, as well as a generic type declaration. Like fields, methods can be static (associated with and accessed through the class) or instance (associated with and accessed through an object instance of the class). Constructors A class's constructors control its initialization. A constructor's code executes to initialize an instance of the class when a program requests a new object of the class's type. Constructors often set properties of their classes, but they are not restricted to doing so. - 76 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 77. C Sharp Programming Like other methods, a constructor can have parameters. To create an object using a construc- tor with parameters, the new command accepts parameters. The below code defines and then in- stantiates multiple objects of the Employee class, once using the constructor without parameters and once using the version with a parameter: public class Employee { public Employee() { System.Console.WriteLine("Constructed without parameters"); } public Employee(string text) { System.Console.WriteLine(text); } } public class Sample { public static void Main() { System.Console.WriteLine("Start"); Employee Alfred = new Employee(); Employee Billy = new Employee("Parameter for construction"); System.Console.WriteLine("End"); } } Output: Start Constructed without parameters Parameter for construction End - 77 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 78. C Sharp Programming Finalizers The opposite of constructors, finalizers define the final behavior of an object and execute when the object is no longer in use. Although they are often used in C++ to free memory reserved by an object, they are less frequently used in C# due to the .NET Framework Garbage Collector. An object's finalizer, which takes no parameters, is called sometime after an object is no longer referenced, but the complexities of garbage collection make the specific timing of finalizers uncer- tain. public class Employee { public Employee(string text) { System.Console.WriteLine(text); } ~Employee() { System.Console.WriteLine("Finalized!"); } public static void Main() { Employee Marissa = new Employee("Constructed!"); Marissa = null; } } Output: Constructed! Finalized! - 78 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 79. C Sharp Programming Properties C# properties are class members that expose functionality of methods using the syntax of fields. They simplify the syntax of calling traditional get and set methods (a.k.a. accessor meth- ods). Like methods, they can be static or instance. Properties are defined in the following way: public class MyClass { private int integerField = 3; // Sets integerField with a default value of 3 public int IntegerField { get { return integerField; // get returns the field you specify when this property is assigned } set { integerField = value; // set assigns the value assigned to the property of the field you specify } } } The C# keyword value contains the value assigned to the property. After a property is de- fined it can be used like a variable. If you were to write some additional code in the get and set portions of the property it would work like a method and allow you to manipulate the data before it is read or written to the variable. using System; public class MyProgram { MyClass myClass = new MyClass; Console.WriteLine(myClass.IntegerField); // Writes 3 to the command line. myClass.IntegerField = 7; // Indirectly assigns 7 to the field myClass.in- tegerField - 79 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 80. C Sharp Programming } Using properties in this way provides a clean, easy to use mechanism for protecting data. Indexers C# indexers are class members that define the behavior of the array access operation (e.g. list[0] to access the first element of list even when list is not an array). To create an indexer, use the this keyword as in the following example: public string this[string key] { get {return coll[key];} set {coll[key] = value;} } This code will create a string indexer that returns a string value. For example, if the class was EmployeeCollection, you could write code similar to the following: EmployeeCollection e = new EmployeeCollection(); . . . string s = e["Jones"]; e["Smith"] = "xxx"; Events C# events are class members that expose notifications to clients of the class. - 80 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 81. C Sharp Programming Operator C# operator definitions are class members that define or redefine the behavior of basic C# operators (called implicitly or explicitly) on instances of the class. Structures Structures, or structs, are defined with the struct keyword followed by an identifier to name the structure. They are similar to classes, but have subtle differences. Structs are used as lightweight versions of classes that can help reduce memory management efforts when working with small data structures. In most situations, however, using a standard class is a better choice. The principal difference between structs and classes is that instances of structs are values whereas instances of classes are references. Thus when you pass a struct to a function by value you get a copy of the object so changes to it are not reflected in the original because there are now two distinct objects but if you pass an instance of a class by value then there is only one in- stance. The Employee structure below declares a public and a private field. Access to the private field is granted through the public property "Name": struct Employee { private string name; public int age; public string Name { set { name = value; } get { return name; } } } - 81 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 82. C Sharp Programming Static classes Static classes are commonly used to implement a Singleton Pattern. All of the methods, properties, and fields of a static class are also static (like the WriteLine() method of the Sys- tem.Console class) and can thus be used without instantiating the static class: public static class Writer { public static void Write() { System.Console.WriteLine("Text"); } } public class Sample { public static void Main() { Writer.Write(); } } - 82 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 83. C Sharp Programming Objects C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Introduction The .NET framework consists of several languages, all which follow the "object orientated programming" (OOP) approach to software development. This standard defines that all objects support • Inheritance - the ability to inherit and extend exisiting functionality. • Encapsulation - the ability to allow the user to only see specific parts, and to interact with it in specific ways. • Polymorphism - the ability for an object to be assigned dynamically, but with some predicatability as to what can be done with the object. Objects are synonomous with objects in the real world. Think of any object and think of how it looks and how it is measured and interacted with. When creating OOP languages, the reasoning was that if it mimics the thought process of humans, it would simplify the coding experience. For example, let's consider a chair, and its dimensions, weight, colour and what is it made out of. In .NET, these values are called "Properties". These are values which define the object's state. Be careful, as there are two ways to expose values: Variables and Properties. The recom- mended approach is expose Properties and not variables. So we have a real-world idea of the concept of an object. In terms of practicality for a com- puter to pass information about, passing around an object within a program would consume a lot of resources. Think of a car, how many properties that has - 100's, 1000's. A computer passing - 83 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 84. C Sharp Programming this information about all the time will waste memory, processing time and therefore a bad idea to use. So objects come in 2 flavours: • Reference types • Value types Reference and Value Types A reference type is like a pointer to the value. Think of it like a piece of paper with a street address on it, and the address leads to your house - your object with hundreds of properties. If you want to find it, go to where the address says! This is exactly what happens inside the comput- er. The reference is stored as a number, corresponding to somewhere in memory where the object exists. So instead of moving an object around - like building a replica house every time you want to look at it - you just look at the original. A value type is the exact value itself. Values are great for storing small amounts of informa- tion: numbers, dates etc. There are differences in the way they are processed, so we will leave that until a little later in the article. As well as querying values, we need a way to interacting with the object so that some opera- tion can be performed. Think of files - its all well and good knowing the length of the file, but how about Read() 'ing it? Therefore, we can use something called methods as a way of perform- ing actions on an object. An example would be a circle. The properties of a square are: • Length • Height The "functions" (or methods in .NET) would be: • Area ( = Length * Width ) • Perimeter ( = 2 * Length + 2 * Width) Methods vary from Properties because they require some transformation of data to achieve a result. Methods can either return a result (such as Area) or not. Like above with the chair, if you Sit() on the chair, there is no expected reaction, the chair just ... works! - 84 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 85. C Sharp Programming System.Object To support the first rule of OOP - Inheritance, we define something that all objects will de- rive from - this is System.Object, known as Object object. This object defines some methods that all objects can use should they need too. These methods include: • GetHashCode() - retrieve a number unique to that object. • GetType() - retrieves information about the object like method names, the objects name etc. • ToString() - convert the object to a textual representation - usually for outputting to the screen or file. Since all objects derive from this class (whether you define it or not), any class will have these 3 methods ready to use. Since we always inherit from System.Object, or a class that itself inherits from System.Object, we therefore enhance and/or extend its functionality. Like in the real world that humans, cats, dogs, birds, fish are all an improved and specialised version of an "organism". Object basics All objects by default are reference types. To support value types, objects must instead inher- it from the System.ValueType abstract class, rather than System.Object. Constructors When objects are created, they are initialized by the "constructor". The constructor sets up the object, ready for use. Because objects need to be created before being used, the constructor is created implicitally, unless it is defined differently by the developer. There are 3 types of constructor: • Static Constructor • Default constructor - takes no parameters. • Overloaded constructor - takes parameters. Overloaded constructors automatically remove the implicit default constructor, so a develop- er must explicitally define the default constructor if they want to use it. - 85 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 86. C Sharp Programming Static Constructor A static constructor is first called when the runtime first accesses the class. Static variables are accessible at all times, so the runtime must initialize it on its first access. The example below, when stepping through in a debugger, will show that static MyClass() is only accessed when the MyClass.Number variable is accessed. using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Text; namespace StaticConstructors { class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { int i = 0; int j = 0; Console.WriteLine("Static Number = " + MyClass.Number); } } class MyClass { private static int number; public static int Number { get { return number; } } static MyClass() { Random r = new Random(); number = r.Next(); } } } Default Constructor The default constructor takes no parameters and is implicitally defined if no other construc- tors exist. The code sample below show the before, and after result of creating a class. //Created by the developer - 86 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 87. C Sharp Programming class MyClass { } //Created by the compiler class MyClass : System.Object { public MyClass() : base() { } } Overloaded Constructors To initialize objects in various forms, the constructors allow customization of the object by passing in parameters. class MyClass { private int number; public int Number { get { return number; } } public MyClass() { Random r = new Random(); number = r.Next(); } public MyClass(int seed) { Random r = new Random(seed); number = r.Next(); } } Calling other constructors To minimise code, if another constructor implements the functionality better, you can instruct the constructor to call an overloaded (or default) constructor with specific parameters. class MyClass - 87 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 88. C Sharp Programming { private int number; public int Number { get { return number; } } public MyClass() : this ( DateTime.Now.Milliseconds ) //Call the other constructor passing in a value. { } public MyClass(int seed) { Random r = new Random(seed); number = r.Next(); } } Base classes constructors can also be called instead of constructors in the current instance class MyException : Exception { private int number; public int Number { get { return number; } } public MyException ( int errorNumber, string message, Exception in- nerException) : base( message, innerException ) { number = errorNumber; } } Destructors As well as being ""constructed"", objects can also perform cleanup when they are cleared up by the garbage collector. The garbage collector only runs when either directly invoked, or has reason to reclaim memory, therefore the destructor may not get the change to clean up resources for a long time. In this case, look into use of the Dispose() method, from the IDisposable inter- face. - 88 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 89. C Sharp Programming Destructors are recognised via the use of the ~ symbol in front of a constructor with no ac- cess modifier e.g. class MyException : Exception { private int number; public int Number { get { return number; } } public MyException ( int errorNumber, string message, Exception in- nerException) : base( message, innerException ) { number = errorNumber; } ~MyException() { } } Abstract Class An abstract class is a class that was never intended to be instantiated directly, but only to serve as a base to other classes. An abstract class must/should contain at least one abstract method that child concrete classes are obliged to implement. A class should be made abstract if it makes no sense to create instances of that class. For example, an Employee can be an abstract class if there are concrete classes that represent all kinds of employees. It is never appropriate to instanti- ate it, but it does contain behavior (abstract functions and code) common to all employees. Sub-heading The C Sharp Programming/Objects module or this section of C Sharp Programming is a stub. You can help Wikibooks by expanding it. - 89 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 90. C Sharp Programming Encapsulation C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Encapsulation is depriving of the user of a class information he does not need, and preventing him from manipulating objects in ways not intended by the designer. A class element having public protection level is accessible to all code anywhere in the program. These methods and properties represent the operations allowed on the class to outside users. Methods, data members (and other elements) with private protection level represent the inter- nal state of the class (for variables), and operations which are not allowed to outside users. For example: public class Frog { public void JumpLow() { Jump(1); } public void JumpHigh() { Jump(10); } private void Jump(int height) { _height += height;} private int _height = 0; } In this example, the public method the Frog class exposes are JumpLow and JumpHigh. Inter- nally, they are implemented using the private Jump function that can jump to any height. This operation is not visible to an outside user, so he cannot make the frog jump 100 meters, only 10 - 90 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 91. C Sharp Programming or 1. The Jump private method is implemented by changing the value of a private data member _height, which is also not visible to an outside user. Some private data members are made visible by C Sharp Programming/Properties. Protection Levels Private Private members are only accessible within the class itself. A method in another class, even a class derived from the class with private members cannot access the members. Protected Protected members can be accessed by the class itself and by any class derived from that class. Public Public members can be accessed by any method in any class. Internal Internal members are accessible only in the same assembly and invisible outside it. - 91 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 92. C Sharp Programming NET Framework overview The .NET Framework is a common environment for building, deploying, and running Web Services, Web Applications, Windows Services and Windows Applications. The .NET Frame- work contains common class libraries - like ADO.NET, ASP.NET and Windows Forms - to provide advanced standard services that can be integrated into a variety of computer systems. Introduction C# is a language in itself. It can perform mathematical and logical operation, variable assign- ment and other expected traits of a programming language. This in itself is not flexible enough for more complex applications. At some stage, the developer will want to interact with the host system whether it be reading files or downloading content from the internet. The .NET framework is a toolset developed for the Windows platform to allow the developer to interact with the host system or any external entity whether it be another process, or another computer. The .NET platform is a Windows platform specific implementation. Other operating systems have their own implementations due to the differences in the operating systems I/O management, security models and interfaces. - 92 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 93. C Sharp Programming Background • .NET was originally called NGWS(Next Generation Windows Services). • .NET does not run IN any browser. It is a RUNTIME language (Common Language Runtime) like the Java runtime. Silverlight does run in a browser, but has nothing to do with .NET. • .NET is based on the newest Web standards. • .NET is built on the following Internet standards • • HTTP, the communication protocol between Internet Applications • XML, the format for exchanging data between Internet Applications • SOAP, the standard format for requesting Web Services • UDDI, the standard to search and discover Web Services - 93 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 94. C Sharp Programming Inheritance Inheritance Inheritance is the ability to create a class from another class, the "parent" class, extending the functionality and state of the parent in the derived, or "child", class. Inheritance in C# also allows derived classes to overload methods from their parent class. Inheritance(by Mine) Subtyping Inheritance The code sample below shows two classes, Employee and Executive. Employee has the following methods, GetPayCheck and Work. We want the Executive class to have the same methods, but differently implemented and one extra method, AdministerEmployee. Below is the creation of the first class to be derived from, Employee. public class Employee { // we declare one method virtual so that the Executive class can // override it. public virtual void GetPayCheck() { //get paycheck logic here. } //Employee's and Executives both work, so no virtual here needed. public void Work() { //do work logic here. - 94 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 95. C Sharp Programming } } Now, we create an Executive class that will override the GetPayCheck method. public class Executive : Employee { // the override keyword indicates we want new logic behind the GetPay- Check method. public override void GetPayCheck() { //new getpaycheck logic here. } // the extra method is implemented. public void AdministerEmployee() { // manage employee logic here } } You'll notice that there is no Work method in the Executive class, it is not required, since that method is automatically added to the Executive class, because it derives its methods from Employee, which has the Work method. static void Main(string[] args) { Employee emp = new Employee; Executive exec = new Executive; emp.Work(); exec.Work(); emp.GetPayCheck(); exec.GetPayCheck(); exec.AdministerEmployee(); } - 95 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 96. C Sharp Programming Inheritance keywords How C# inherits from another class syntacticaly is using the ":" character. Example. public class Executive : Employee To indicate a method that can be overridden, you mark the method with virtual. public virtual void Write(string text) { System.Console.WriteLine("Text:{0}", text); } To override a method use the override keyword public override void Write(string text) { System.Console.WriteLine(text); } - 96 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 97. C Sharp Programming Interfaces C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note An interface in C# is type definition similar to a class except that it purely represents a con- tract between an object and a user of the object. An interface cannot be directly instantiated as an object. No data members can be defined in an interface. Methods and properties can only be declared, not defined. For example, the following defines a simple interface: interface IShape { void Draw(); double X { get; set; } double Y { get; set; } } A convention used in the .NET Framework (and likewise by many C# programmers) is to place an "I" at the beginning of an interface name to distinguish it from a class name. Another common interface naming convention is used when an interface declares only one key method, such Draw() in the above example. The interface name is then formed by adding the suffix "able" to the method name. So, in the above example, the interface name would be IDrawable. This convention is also used throughout the .NET Framework. Implementing an interface is simply done by inheriting off the interface and then defining all the methods and properties declared by the interface. For example: class Square : IShape { private double mX, mY; - 97 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 98. C Sharp Programming public void Draw() { ... } public double X { set { mX = value; } get { return mX; } } public double Y { set { mY = value; } get { return mY; } } } Although a class can only inherit from one other class, it can inherit from any number of interfaces. This is simplified form of multiple inheritance supported by C#. When inheriting from a class and one or more interfaces, the base class should be provided first in the inheritance list followed by any interfaces to be implemented. For example: class MyClass : Class1, Interface1, Interface2 { ... } Object references can be declared using an interface type. For example, using the previous examples: class MyClass { static void Main() { IShape shape = new Square(); shape.Draw(); } } Intefaces can inherit off of any number of other interfaces but cannot inherit from classes. For example: interface IRotateable - 98 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 99. C Sharp Programming { void Rotate(double theta); } interface IDrawable : IRotateable { void Draw(); } Additional Details Access specifiers (i.e. private, internal, etc) cannot be provided for interface members. All members are public. A class implementing an interface must define all the members declared by the interface as public. The implementing class has the option of making an implemented method virtual if it is expected to be overridden in a a child class. In addition to methods and properties, interfaces can declare events and indexers as well. - 99 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 100. C Sharp Programming Delegates and Events C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Introduction Events and delegates are fundamental to any Windows or Web Application. These allow the developer to "subscribe" to particular actions carried out by the user. Therefore instead of expect- ing everything and filtering out what you want, you choose what you want to be notified of and react to that action. A delegate is a way of telling C# which method to call when an event is triggered. For exam- ple, if you click a Button on a form, the program would call a specific method. It is this pointer which is a delegate. Delegates are good because you can notify several methods that an event has occurred, if you so wish. An event is a notification by the .NET framework that an action has occurred. Each event contains information about the specific event, e.g., a mouse click would say which mouse button was clicked and where on the form it was clicked. - 100 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 101. C Sharp Programming Lets say you write a program that only reacts to a Button click, here is the sequence of events that occurs: • User presses the mouse down on a button • The .NET framework raises a MouseDown event • User releases the mouse button • The .NET framework raises a MouseUp event • The .NET framework raises a MouseClick event • The .NET framework raises a Clicked event on the Button Since the button's click event has been subscribed, the rest of the events are ignored by the program and your delegate tells the .NET framework which method to call, now that the event has been raised. Delegates Delegates are a construct for abstracting and creating objects that reference methods and can be used to call those methods. Delegates form the basis of event handling in C#. A delegate declaration specifies a particular method signature. References to one or more methods can be added to a delegate instance. The delegate instance can then be "called" which effectively calls all the methods that have been added to the delegate instance. A simple example: delegate void Procedure(); class DelegateDemo { static void Method1() { Console.WriteLine("Method 1"); } static void Method2() { Console.WriteLine("Method 2"); } void Method3() { Console.WriteLine("Method 3"); } static void Main() - 101 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 102. C Sharp Programming { Procedure someProcs = null; someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method1); someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method2); DelegateDemo demo = new DelegateDemo(); someProcs += new Procedure(demo.Method3); someProcs(); } } In this example, the delegate is declared by the line delegate void Procedure(); This statement is a complete abstraction. It does not result in executable code that does any work. It merely de- clares a delegate type called Procedure which takes no arguments and returns nothing. Next, in the Main() method, the statement Procedure someProcs = null; instantiates a delegate. Something concrete has now been created. The assignment of null to someProcs means that the delegate is not initially referencing any methods. The statements someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDe- mo.Method1); and someProcs += new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method2); add two static methods to the delegate instance. (Note: the class name could have been left off of DelegateDe- mo.Method1 and DelegateDemo.Method2 because the statement is occurring in the DelegateDe- mo class.) The statement someProcs += new Procedure(demo.Method3); adds a non-static method to the delegate instance. For a non-static method, the method name is preceded by an object reference. When the delegate instance is called, Method3() is called on the object that was supplied when the method was added to the delegate instance. Finally, the statement someProcs(); calls the delegate instance. All the methods that were added to the delegate instance are now called in the order that they were added. Methods that have been added to a delegate instance can be removed with the -= operator: someProcess -= new Procedure(DelegateDemo.Method1); In C# 2.0, adding or removing a method reference to a delegate instance can be shortened as follows: someProcess += DelegateDemo.Method1; someProcess -= DelegateDemo.Method1; - 102 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 103. C Sharp Programming Invoking a delegate instance that presently contains no method references results in a Null- ReferenceException. Note that if a delegate declaration specifies a return type and multiple methods are added to a delegate instance, then an invocation of the delegate instance returns the return value of the last method referenced. The return values of the other methods cannot be retrieved (unless explicitly stored somewhere in addition to being returned). Events An event is a special kind of delegate that facilitates event-driven programming. Events are class members which cannot be called outside of the class regardless of its access specifier. So, for example, an event declared to be public would allow other classes the use of += and -= on the event, but firing the event (i.e. invoking the delegate) is only allowed in the class containing the event. A simple example: delegate void ButtonClickedHandler(); class Button { public event ButtonClickedHandler ButtonClicked; public void SimulateClick() { if (ButtonClicked != null) { ButtonClicked(); } } ... } A method in another class can then subscribe to the event by adding one of its methods to the event delegate: Button b = new Button(); - 103 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 104. C Sharp Programming b.ButtonClicked += MyHandler; Even though the event is declared public, it cannot be directly fired anywhere except in the class containing the event. - 104 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 105. C Sharp Programming Abstract classes C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note In general terms, an interface is the set of public members of a component. Of course, a C# interface is an interface that defines a set of public members. A C# class also defines an interface because it has a set of public members. A nonabstract C# class also defines the implementation of each member. In C# it is possible to have a type that is intermediate between a pure interface that does not define any implementation, and a type that defines a complete implementation. This is called an abstract class. You define an abstract class by including the abstract keyword on the class definition. An abstract class is somewhere between a C# interface and a nonabstract class. Of the public members defined by an abstract class, any number of those members may include an implementa- tion. For example, an abstract class might provide an implementation for none of its members. public abstract class AbstractShape { public abstract void Draw(Graphics g); public abstract double X {get; set;} public abstract double Y {get; set;} } - 105 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 106. C Sharp Programming This class is equivalent to an interface in many respects. (One difference is that a class that derives from this class cannot derive from any other class.) An abstract class may also define all of its members. public abstract class AbstractShape { private double x; private double y; // // ... (other members) // public void Draw(Graphics g) {g.DrawRectangle(Pens.Black, g_rect);} public double X {get{return x;}} public double Y {get{return y;}} } And an abstract class may define some of its members but leave others undefined. public abstract class AbstractShape { private double x; private double y; // // ... (other members) // public abstract void Draw(Graphics g); public double X {get{return x;}} public double Y {get{return y;}} } An abstract class is similar to a nonabstract class, but there are some important differences. For one thing, you cannot create an instance of an abstract class with the new keyword. For example, the following statement will raise a compiler error: AbstractShape shape = new AbstractShape(); - 106 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 107. C Sharp Programming Of course, assuming the concrete class Square derives from AbstractShape, the following would be correct: AbstractShape shape = new Square(); A second difference is that an abstract class can contain abstract members. As was shown above, it does not have to contain abstract members. The point is that a nonabstract class may not contain abstract members. That is, you must include the abstract keyword on the class if you include even one abstract member. The third difference is that an abstract class cannot be sealed. That is, you cannot use both the abstract keyword and the sealed keyword on the same class. - 107 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 108. C Sharp Programming Partial classes C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note Partial Classes As the name indicates, partial class definitions can be split up across multiple physical files. To the compiler, this does not make a difference as all the fragments of the partial class are grouped and the compiler treats it as a single class. One common usage of partial classes is the separation of automatically generated code from programmer written code. Below is the example of a partial class. Listing 1: Entire class definition in one file (file1.cs) public class Node { public bool Delete() { } public bool Create() { } } Listing 2: Class split across multiple files - 108 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 109. C Sharp Programming (file1.cs) public partial class Node { public bool Delete() { } } (file2.cs) public partial class Node { public bool Create() { } } - 109 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 110. C Sharp Programming Collections Lists It is one type of collection A list is a dynamic array which resizes itself as needed if more data is inserted than it can hold at the time of insertion. Items can be inserted at any index, deleted at any index and accessed at any index. The C# non-generic list class is the ArrayList, while the generic one is List<T>. LinkedLists Items in a linked list can be accessed directly only one after the other. Of course an item at any index can be accessed, but the list must iterate to the item from the first one, which is much slower than accessing items by index in an array or a list. There is no non-generic list in C#, while the generic one is LinkedList<T>. Queues A queue is a FIFO (first in - first out) collection. The item first pushed in the queue gets taken first with the pop function. Only the first item is accessible at any time, and items can only be put to the end. The non-generic queue class is called Queue, while the generic one is Queue<T>. - 110 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 111. C Sharp Programming Stacks A stack is a LIFO (last in - first out) collection. The item pushed in first will be the last to be taken by pop. Only the last item is accessible at any time, and items can only be put at the top. The non-generic stack class is Stack, while the generic one is Stack<T>. Dictionaries A dictionary is a collection of values with keys. The values can be very complex, yet searching the keys is still fast. The non-generic class is Hashtable, while the generic one is Dictio- nary<T>. - 111 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 112. C Sharp Programming Generics Generics is essentially the ability to have type parameters on your type. They are also called parameterized types or parametric polymorphism. The classic example is a List collection class. A List is a convenient growable array. It has a sort method, you can index into it, and so on. Generic Interfaces MSDN2 Entry for Generic Interfaces Generic Classes There are cases when you need to create a class to manage objects of some type, without modifying them. Without Generics, the usual approach (highly simplified) to make such class would be like this: public class SomeObjectContainer { private object obj; public SomeObjectContainer(object obj) { this.obj = obj; } public object getObject() { return this.obj; } } And its usage would be: - 112 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 113. C Sharp Programming class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { SomeObjectContainer container = new SomeObjectContainer(25); SomeObjectContainer container2 = new SomeObjectContainer(5); Console.WriteLine((int)container.getObject() + (int)container2.getOb- ject()); Console.ReadKey(); // wait for user to press any key, so we could see results } } Notice that we have to cast back to original data type we have chosen (in this case - int) ev- ery time we want to get an object from such a container. In such small programs like this every- thing is clear. But in more complicated cases with more containers in different parts of the pro- gram, we would have to take care that the container is supposed to have int type in it, would not have a string or any other data type. If that happens, InvalidCastException is thrown. Additionally, if the original data type we have chosen is a struct type, such as int, we will incur a performance penalty every time we access the elements of the collection, due to the Auto- boxing feature of C#. However, we could surround every unsafe area with try - catch block, or we could create a separate "container" for every data type we need, just to avoid casting. While both ways could work (and worked for many years), it is unnecessary now, because Generics offers a much more elegant solution. To make our "container" class to support any object and avoid casting, we replace every previous object type with some new name, in this case - T, and add <T> mark immediately after the class name to indicate that this "T" type is Generic / any type. Note: You can choose any name and use more than one generic type for class, i.e <genKey, genVal> public class GenericObjectContainer<T> { private T obj; public GenericObjectContainer(T obj) { this.obj = obj; - 113 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 114. C Sharp Programming } public T getObject() { return this.obj; } } Not a big difference, which results in simple and safe usage: class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { GenericObjectContainer<int> container = new GenericObjectContain- er<int>(25); GenericObjectContainer<int> container2 = new GenericObjectContain- er<int>(5); Console.WriteLine(container.getObject() + container2.getObject()); Console.ReadKey(); // wait for user to press any key, so we could see results } } Generics ensures that you specify the type for a "container" only when creating it, and after that you will be able to use only the type you specified. But now you can create containers for different object types, and avoid the previously mentioned problems. In addition, this avoids the Autoboxing for struct types. While this example is far from practical, it does illustrate some situations where generics are useful: • You need to keep objects of a single type in a class • You don't need to modify objects • You need to manipulate objects in some way • You wish to store a "value type" (such as int, short, string, or any custom struct) in a collection class without incurring the performance penalty of Autoboxing every time you manipulate the stored elements. - 114 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 115. C Sharp Programming Generic lists A generic list is an indexed list, so any of its items can be directly accessed by its index. Many of its methods and properties are demonstrated in the following example: using System; using System.Collections; using System.Collections.Generic; namespace csharp_generic_list { class MainClass { public static void Main(string[] args) { Console.WriteLine("List<T> demo"); // creating an instance which accepts strings List<string> foods = new List<string>(); // adding some items one by one with Add() foods.Add("bread"); foods.Add("butter"); foods.Add("chocolate"); // adding a simple string array with AddRange() string[] subList1 = {"orange", "apple", "strawberry", "grapes", "kiwi", "banana"}; foods.AddRange(subList1); // adding another List<string> with AddRange() List<string> anotherFoodList = new List<string>(); anotherFoodList.Add("yoghurt"); anotherFoodList.Add("tomato"); anotherFoodList.Add("roast beef"); anotherFoodList.Add("vanilla cake"); foods.AddRange(anotherFoodList); // removing "orange" with Remove() foods.Remove("orange"); // removing the 5th (index = 4) item ("strawberry") with Re- moveAt() foods.RemoveAt(4); // removing a range (4-7: all fruits) with RemoveRange(int index, - 115 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 116. C Sharp Programming int count) foods.RemoveRange(3, 4); // sorting the list foods.Sort(); // printing the sorted foods foreach (string item in foods) { Console.Write("| " + item + " "); } Console.WriteLine("|"); // removing all items from foods foods.Clear(); // printing the current item count in foods Console.WriteLine("The list now has {0} items.", foods.Count); } } } The terminal output is: List<T> demo | bread | butter | chocolate | roast beef | tomato | vanilla cake | yoghurt | The list now has 0 items. - 116 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 117. C Sharp Programming Generic linked lists Generic queues Generic stacks Generic dictionaries Generic Methods Generic Delegates Generic Events - 117 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 118. C Sharp Programming Object Lifetime Introduction All computer programs use up memory, whether that is a variable in memory, opening a file or connecting to a database. The question is how can the runtime environment reclaim any memory when it is not being used? There are 3 answers to this question: • If you are using a managed resource, this is automatically released by the Garbage Collector • If you are using an unmanaged resource, you must use the IDisposable interface to as- sist with the cleanup • If you are calling the Garbage Collector directly, by using System.GC.Collect() method, it will be forced to tidy up resources immediately. Before discussing managed and unmanaged resources, it would be interesting to know what the garbage collector actually does. Garbage Collector The garbage collector is a background process running within your program. It is always present within all .NET applications. Its job is to look for objects (i.e. reference types) which are no longer being used by your program. If the object is assigned to null, or the object goes out of scope, the garbage collector will mark the object be cleaned up at some point in the future, and not necessarily have its resources released immediately! - 118 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 119. C Sharp Programming Why? The garbage collector will have a hard time keeping up with every de-allocation you make, especially at the speed the program runs and therefore only runs when resources become limited. Therefore, the garbage collector has 3 "generations". • Generation 0 - the most recently created objects • Generation 1 - the mid-life objects • Generation 2 - the long term objects. All reference types will exist in one of these 3 generations. They will firstly be allocated to Gen 0, then moved to Gen 1 and Gen 2 depending on their lifetime. The garbage collector works by removing only what is needed and so will only scan Gen 0 for a quick-fix solution. This is because most if not all local variables are placed in this area. For more in-depth information, visit the MSDN Article for a better explanation. Now you know about the garbage collector, lets discuss the resources that it is managing. Managed Resources Managed resources are objects which run totally within the .NET framework. All memory is reclaimed for you automatically, all resources closed and you are in most cases /guaranteed/ to have all the memory released after the application closes, or when the garbage collector runs. You do not have to do anything with them with regards to closing connections or anything, it is a self-tidying object. Unmanaged Resources There are circumstances where the .NET framework world will not release resources. This may be because the object references resources outside of the .NET framework, like the operating system, or internally references another unmanaged component, or that the resources accesses a component that uses COM, COM+ or DCOM. Whatever the reason, if you are using an object that implements the IDisposable interface at a class level, then you too need to implement the IDisposable interface too. public interface IDisposable { - 119 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 120. C Sharp Programming public void Dispose(); } This interface exposes a method called Dispose(). This alone will not help tidy up resources, as it is only an interface, so the developer must use it correctly in order to ensure the resources are released. The two steps are: 1. Always call Dispose() on any object that implements IDisposable as soon as you are finished using it. (This can be made easier with the using keyword) 2. Use the finalizer method to call Dispose(), so that if anyone has not closed your re- sources, your code will do it for them. See the IDisposable section for a full implementation. Applications If you are coming to C# from Visual Basic Classic you will have seen code like this: Public Function Read(ByRef FileName) As String Dim oFSO As FileSystemObject Set oFSO = New FileSystemObject Dim oFile As TextStream Set oFile = oFSO.OpenTextFile(FileName, ForReading, False) Read = oFile.ReadLine End Function Note that neither oFSO nor oFile are explicitly disposed of. In Visual Basic Classic this is not necessary because both objects are declared locally. This means that the reference count goes to zero as soon as the function ends which results in calls to the Terminate event handlers of both objects. Those event handlers close the file and release the associated resources. In C# this doesn't happen because the objects are not reference counted. The finalizers will not be called until the garbage collector decides to dispose of the objects. If the program uses very little memory this could be a long time. - 120 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 121. C Sharp Programming This causes a problem because the file is held open which might prevent other processes from accessing it. In many languages the solution is to explicitly close the file and dispose of the objects and many C# programmers do just that. However, there is a better way: use the using statement: public read(string fileName) { using (TextReader textReader = new StreamReader(filename)) { return textReader.ReadLine(); } } Behind the scenes the compiler turns the using statement into try..finally and produces this intermediate language (IL) code: .method public hidebysig static string Read(string FileName) cil managed { // Code size 39 (0x27) .maxstack 5 .locals init (class [mscorlib]System.IO.TextReader V_0, string V_1) IL_0000: ldarg.0 IL_0001: newobj instance void [mscorlib]System.IO.StreamRead- er::.ctor(string) IL_0006: stloc.0 .try { IL_0007: ldloc.0 IL_0008: callvirt instance string [mscorlib]System.IO.TextReader::Read- Line() IL_000d: stloc.1 IL_000e: leave IL_0025 IL_0013: leave IL_0025 } // end .try finally { IL_0018: ldloc.0 IL_0019: brfalse IL_0024 IL_001e: ldloc.0 IL_001f: callvirt instance void [mscorlib]System.IDisposable::Dis- pose() IL_0024: endfinally - 121 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 122. C Sharp Programming } // end handler IL_0025: ldloc.1 IL_0026: ret } // end of method Using::Read Notice that the body of the Read function has been split into three parts: initialisation, try, and finally. The finally block includes code that was never explicitly specified in the original C# source code, namely a call to the destructor of the Streamreader instance. See Understanding the 'using' statement in C# By TiNgZ aBrAhAm. See the following sections for more applications of this technique. Resource Acquisition Is Initialisation The application of the using statement in the introduction is an example of an idiom called Resource Acquisition Is Initialisation (RAII). RAII is a natural technique in languages like Visual Basic Classic and C++ that have deter- ministic finalization but usually requires extra work to include in programs written in garbage collected languages like C# and VB.NET. The using statement makes it just as easy. Of course you could write the try..finally code out explicitly and in some cases that will still be necessary. For a thorough discussion of the RAII technique see HackCraft: The RAII Programming Idiom. Wikipedia has a brief note on the subject as well: Resource Acquisition Is Initialization. Work in progress: add C# versions showing incorrect and correct methods with and without using. Add notes on RAII, memoization and cacheing (see OOP wikibook). The C Sharp Programming/Object Lifetime module or this section of C Sharp Programming is a stub. You can help Wikibooks by expanding it. - 122 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 123. C Sharp Programming Design Patterns Design Patterns are common building blocks designed to solve everyday software issues. Some basic terms and example of such patterns include what we see in everyday life. Key pat- terns are the singleton pattern, the factory pattern, and chain of responsibility patterns. Table Of Contents (TOC) Factory Pattern The factory pattern is a method call that uses abstract classes and its implementations, to give the developer the most appropriate class for the job. Lets create a couple of classes first to demonstrate how this can be used. Here we take the example of a bank system. public abstract Transaction { private string _sourceAccount; //May not be needed in most cases, but may on transfers, closures and corrections. private string _destinationAccount; private decimal _amount; public decimal Amount { get { return _amount; } } private DateTime _transactionDate; private DateTime _effectiveDate; public Transaction(string source, string destination, decimal amount) { _sourceAccount = source; _destinationAccount = destination; _amount = amount; - 123 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 124. C Sharp Programming _transactionDate = DateTime.Now; } public Transaction(string source, string destination, decimal amount, DateTime effectiveDate) : this(source, destination, amount) { _effectiveDate = effectiveDate; } protected decimal AdjustBalance(string accountNumber, decimal amount) { decimal newBalance = decimal.MinValue; using(Mainframe.ICOMInterface mf = new Mainframe.COMInterface- Class()) { string dateFormat = DateTime.Now.ToString("yyyyMMdd HH:mm:ss"); mf.Credit(dateFormat, accountNumber, amount); newBalance = mf.GetBalance( DateTime.Now.AddSeconds(1), account- Number); } return newBalance; } public abstract bool Complete(); } This Transaction class is incomplete, as there are many types of transactions: • Opening • Credits • Withdrawals • Transfers • Penalty • Correction • Closure For this example, we will take credit and withdrawal portions, and create classes for them. public Credit : Transaction { //Implementations hidden for simplicity - 124 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 125. C Sharp Programming public bool Complete() { this.AdjustBalance( _sourceAccount, amount); } } public Withdrawal : Transaction { //Implementations hidden for simplicity public bool Complete() { this.AdjustBalance( _sourceAccount, -amount); } } The problem is that these classes do much of the same thing, so it would be helpful if we could just give it the values, and it will work out what class type we require. Therefore, we could come up with some ways to distinguish between the different types of transactions: • Positive values indicate a credit. • Negative values indicate a withdrawal. • Having 2 account numbers and a positive value would indicate a transfer. • Having 2 account numbers and a negative value would indicate a closure. • etc So, let us write a new class with a static method that will do this logic for us, ending the name Factory: public class TransactionFactory { public static Transaction Create( string source, string destination, decimal amount ) { if( string.IsNullOrEmpty(destination) ) { if(amount >= 0) return new Credit( source, null, amount); else return new Withdrawal( source, null, amount); } else { //Other implementations here } - 125 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 126. C Sharp Programming } } Now, you can use this class to do all of the logic and processing, and be assured that the type you are returned is correct. public class MyProgram { static void Main() { decimal randomAmount = new Random().Next() * 1000000; Transaction t = TransactionFactory.Create("123456","",randomAmount); //t.Complete(); <-- This would carry out the requested transaction. Console.WriteLine("{0}: {1:C}",t.GetType().Name, t.Amount); } } Singleton The singleton pattern instantiates only 1 object, and reuses this object for the entire lifetime of the process. This is useful if you wish the object to maintain state, or if it takes lots of resources to set the object up. Below is a basic implementation: public class MySingletonExample { private Hashtable sharedHt; public Hashtable Singleton { get { if(sharedHt == null) sharedHt = new Hashtable(); return sharedHt; } set { ; } //Not implemented as this would invalidate the pattern } - 126 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 127. C Sharp Programming //Class implementation here.. } The Singleton property will expose the same instance to all callers. Upon the first call, the object is initialised and on subsequent calls this is used. Examples of this pattern include: • HttpApplication (Application object in ASP .NET) • HttpServerUtility (Server object in ASP .NET) • HttpCacheUtility (Cache object in ASP .NET) • ConfigurationSettings (Generic settings reader) - 127 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 128. C Sharp Programming abstract Abstract Classes are those which contain only the declaration of other classes and methods. Those methods which can be defined inside the class are defined except for which we can't create the definition. Those methods which are declared in a ABSTRACT Class can be defined outside of the ABSTRACT Class as a individual method. - 128 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 129. C Sharp Programming as C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The as keyword casts an object to a different type. It is therefore similar to the TypeA varA = (TypeA) varB syntax. The difference is that this keyword returns null if the object was of an incompatible type, while the former method throws a type-cast exception in that case. See also • is - 129 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 130. C Sharp Programming base The keyword base describes that you would like to refer to the base class for the requested information, not in the current instantiated class. A base class is the class in which the currently implemented class inherits from. When creat- ing a class with no defined base class, the compiler automatically uses the System.Object base class. Therefore the 2 declarations below are equivelant. public class MyClass { } public class MyClass : System.Object { } Some of the reasons the base keyword is used is: • Passing information to the base class's constructor public class MyCustomException : System.Exception { public MyCustomException() : base() { } public MyCustomerException(string message, Exception innerException) : base(message,innerException) { } //...... } • Recalling variables in the base class, where the newly implemented class is overriding its behaviour - 130 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 131. C Sharp Programming public class MyBaseClass { protected string className = "MyBaseClass"; } public class MyNewClass : MyBaseClass { protected new string className = "MyNewClass"; public override string BaseClassName { get { return base.className; } } } • Recalling methods in the base class. This is useful when you want to add to a method, but still keep the underlying implementation. //Necessary using's here public class _Default : System.Web.UI.Page { protected void InitializeCulture() { System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = CultureIn- fo.GetSpecificCulture(Page.UICulture); base.InitializeCulture(); } } - 131 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 132. C Sharp Programming bool C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The bool keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Boolean. That is, it represents a value of true or false. Unlike in C++, whose boolean is actually an integer, a bool in C# is its own data type and cannot be cast to any other primitive type. - 132 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 133. C Sharp Programming break C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The keyword break is used to exit out of a loop. int x; while( x < 20 ){ if( x > 10 ) break; x++; } The while loop would increment x as long as it was less than twenty. However when x is incremented to ten the condition in the if statement becomes true, so the break statement causes the while loop to be broken and execution would continue after the closing parentheses. - 133 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 134. C Sharp Programming byte C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The byte keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Byte. That is, it repre- sents an 8-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 255. - 134 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 135. C Sharp Programming case C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The keyword case is often used in a switch statement. - 135 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 136. C Sharp Programming catch C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The keyword catch is used to identify a statement or statement block for execution if an exception occurs in the body of the enclosing try block. The catch clause may optionally be fol- lowed by a finally clause. - 136 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 137. C Sharp Programming char C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The char keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Char. That is, it repre- sents a Unicode character whose from 0 to 65,535. - 137 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 138. C Sharp Programming class C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The class keyword is used to declare a class. - 138 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 139. C Sharp Programming const C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The const keyword is used in field and local variable declarations to make the variable constant. It is thus associated with its declaring class or assembly instead of with an instance of the class or with a method call. It is syntactically invalid to assign a value to such a variable anywhere other than its declaration. - 139 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 140. C Sharp Programming continue C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The keyword continue can be used inside any loop in a method. Its affect is to end the cur- rent loop iteration and proceed to the next one. If executed inside a for, end-of-loop statement is executed (just like normal loop termination). - 140 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 141. C Sharp Programming decimal C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The decimal keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Decimal. That is, it represents a signed, 128-bit decimal number whose value is 0 or a decimal number with 28 or 29 digits of precision ranging either from to or from to . - 141 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 142. C Sharp Programming default C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The default keyword can be used in the switch statement or in generic code: • The switch statement: Specifies the default label. • Generic code: Specifies the default value of the type parameter. This will be null for reference types and zero for value types. Note* From MSDN - 142 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 143. C Sharp Programming delegate C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The delegate keyword is used to declare a delegate. A delegate is a programming construct that is used to obtain a callable reference to a method of a class. - 143 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 144. C Sharp Programming do C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The do keyword identifies the beginning of a do...while loop. - 144 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 145. C Sharp Programming double C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The double keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Double. That is, it represents an IEEE 754, 64-bit signed binary floating point number whose value is negative 0, positive 0, negative infinity, positive infinity, not a number, or a number ranging either from to or from to . - 145 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 146. C Sharp Programming else C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The else keyword identifies a else clause of an if statement with the following syntax: if-statement ::= "if" "(" condition ")" if-body "else" else-body condition ::= boolean-expression if-body ::= statement-or-statement-block else-body ::= statement-or-statement-block An else clause immediately follows an if-body. It provides code to execute when the condi- tion is false. Making the else-body another if statement creates the common cascade of if, else if, else if, else if, else statements: using System; public class IfStatementSample { public void IfMyNumberIs() { int myNumber = 5; if ( myNumber == 4 ) Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not 4."); if( myNumber < 0 ) { Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not negative."); } if( myNumber % 2 == 0 ) Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not - 146 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 147. C Sharp Programming even."); { Console.WriteLine("myNumber does not match the coded conditions, so this sentence will be shown!"); } } } The above example only checks whether myNumber is less than 0 if myNumber is not 4. It in turn only checks whether myNumber % 2 is 0 if myNumber is not less than 0. Since none of the conditions are true, it executes the body of the final else clause. - 147 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 148. C Sharp Programming enum C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The enum keyword identifies an enumeration. - 148 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 149. C Sharp Programming event C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The event keyword is used to declare a event. - 149 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 150. C Sharp Programming explicit C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note General When values are cast implicitally, the runtime does not need any casting in code by the devel- oper in order for the value to be converted to its new type. Here is an example, where the developer is casting explicitly: //Example of explicit casting. float fNumber = 100.00f; int iNumber = (int)fNumber; The developer has told the runtime, "I know what I'm doing, force this conversion." Implicit casting means that runtime doesn't need any prompting in order to do the conversion. Here is an example of this. //Example of implicit casting. byte bNumber = 10; int iNumber = bNumber; - 150 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 151. C Sharp Programming Keyword Notice that no casting was necessary by the developer. What is special about implicit, is that the context that the type is converted to is totally lossless i.e. converting to this type loses no infor- mation, so it can be converted back without worry. The explicit keyword is used to create type conversion operators which can only be used by specifying an explicit type cast. This construct is useful to help software developers write more readable code. Having an explicit cast name makes it clear that a conversion is taking place. class Something { public static explicit operator Something(string s) { // convert the string to Something } } string x = "hello"; // Implicit conversion (string to Something) generates a compile time error Something s = x; // This statement is correct (explicit type name conversion) Something s = (Something) x; - 151 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 152. C Sharp Programming extern The keyword extern indicates that the method being called exists in a DLL. A tool called "tlbimp.exe" can create a wrapper assembly that allows C# to interact with the DLL like it was a .NET assembly i.e. use constructors to instantiate it, call its methods. Older DLLs will not work with this method. Instead, you have to explicitally tell the compil- er what DLL to call, what method to call and what parameters to pass. Since parameter type is very important, you can also explicitally define what type the parameter should be passed to the method as. Here is an example: using System; using System.Runtime.InteropServices; namespace ExternKeyword { public class Program { static void Main() { NativeMethods.MessageBoxEx(IntPtr.Zero, "Hello there", "Caption here",0,0); } } public class NativeMethods { [DllImport("user32.dll")] public static extern MessageBoxEx(IntPtr hWnd, string lpText, string lpCaption, uint uType, short wLanguageId); } } - 152 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 153. C Sharp Programming The [DllImport("user32.dll")] tells the compiler which DLL to reference. Windows searches for files as defined by the PATH environment variable, and therefore will search those paths be- fore failing. The method is also static because the DLL may not understand how to be "created", as DLLs can be created in different languages. This allows the method to be called directly, instead of being instantiated and then used. - 153 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 154. C Sharp Programming false C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The true keyword is a boolean constant value. - 154 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 155. C Sharp Programming finally C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The keyword finally is used to identify a statement or statement block after a try-catch block for execution regardless of whether the associated try block encountered an exception. The finally block is used to perform cleanup activities. - 155 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 156. C Sharp Programming fixed C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The fixed keyword is used to prevent the garbage collector from relocating a variable. You may only use this in an unsafe context. fixed (int *c = &shape.color) { *c = Color.White; } If you are using C# 2.0 or greater, the fixed may also be used to declare a fixed-size array. This is useful when creating code that works with a DLL or COM project. Your array must be composed of one of the primitive types: bool, byte, char, short, int, long, sbyte, ushort, ulong, float, or double. protected fixed int monthdays[12]; - 156 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 157. C Sharp Programming float C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The float keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Single. That is, it represents a IEEE 754, 32-bit signed binary floating point number whose value is negative 0, positive 0, negative infinity, positive infinity, not a number, or a number ranging either from to or from to . - 157 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 158. C Sharp Programming for C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The for keyword identifies a for loop. - 158 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 159. C Sharp Programming foreach C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The foreach keyword identifies a foreach loop. // example of foreach to iterate over an array public static void Main() { int[] scores = new int [] { 54, 78, 34, 88, 98, 12 }; foreach (int score in scores) { total += score; } int averageScore = total / scores.length; } - 159 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 160. C Sharp Programming goto C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The goto keyword returns the flow of operation to the label which follows it. Labels can be created by putting a colon after any word. e.g. thelabel: // This is a label System.Console.WriteLine("Blah blah blah"); goto thelabel; // Program flow returns to thelabel The use of goto is very controversial, because, when used frivolously, it creates code that jumps from place to place and is disorganized and hard to read. It is rarely even necessary be- cause the same thing can often be accomplished with a more organized for loop or while loop. - 160 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 161. C Sharp Programming if C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The if keyword identifies an if statement with the following syntax: if-statement ::= "if" "(" condition ")" if-body ["else" else-body] condition ::= boolean-expression if-body ::= statement-or-statement-block else-body ::= statement-or-statement-block If the condition evaluates to true, the if-body executes. Curly braces ("{" and "}") allow the if-body to contain more than one statement. Optionally, an else clause can immediately follow the if-body, providing code to execute when the condition is false. Making the else-body another if statement creates the common cascade of if, else if, else if, else if, else statements: using System; public class IfStatementSample { public void IfMyNumberIs() { int myNumber = 5; ( myNumber == 4 ) Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not 4."); else ( myNumber < 0 ) { Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not negative."); } else ( myNumber % 2 == 0 ) - 161 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 162. C Sharp Programming Console.WriteLine("This will not be shown because myNumber is not even."); else { Console.WriteLine("myNumber does not match the coded conditions, so this sentence will be shown!"); } } } The boolean expression used in an if statement typically contains one of the following opera- tors: Operator Meaning < less than > greater than <= less than or equal to >= greater than or equal to == equal to != not equal to && and || or ! not See also else. - 162 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 163. C Sharp Programming implicit General When values are cast implicitally, the runtime does not need any casting in code by the devel- oper in order for the value to be converted to its new type. Here is an example, where the developer is casting explicitly: //Example of explicit casting. float fNumber = 100.00f; int iNumber = (int)fNumber; The developer has told the runtime, "I know what I'm doing, force this conversion." Implicit casting means that runtime doesn't need any prompting in order to do the conversion. Here is an example of this. //Example of implicit casting. byte bNumber = 10; int iNumber = bNumber; Notice that no casting was necessary by the developer. What is special about implicit, is that the context that the type is converted to is totally lossless i.e. converting to this type loses no infor- mation, so it can be converted back without worry. Keyword The keyword implicit is used for a type to define how to can be converted implicitly. It is used to define what types can be converted to without the need for explicit casting. - 163 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 164. C Sharp Programming As an example, let us take a Fraction class, that will hold a nominator (the number at the top of the division), and a denominator (the number at the bottom of the division). We will add a property so that the value can be converted to a float. public class Fraction { private int _nominator; private int _denominator; public Fraction(int nominator, int denominator) { _nominator = nominator; _denominator = denominator; } public float Value { get { return (float)_nominator / (float)_denomina- tor; } } public static implicit operator float(Fraction f) { return f.Value; } public override string ToString() { return _nominator + " / " _denominator; } } public class Program { [STAThread] public static void Main(string[] args) { Fraction fractionClass = new Fraction( 1,2); float number = fractionClass; Console.WriteLine("{0} = {1}", fractionClass, number); } } To re-iterate, the value it implicitally casts to must hold data in the form that the original class can be converted back to. If this is not possible, and the range is narrowed (like converting double to int, use the explicit operator. - 164 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 165. C Sharp Programming in C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The in keyword identifies the collection to enumerate in a foreach loop. - 165 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 166. C Sharp Programming int C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The int keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Int32. That is, it represents a 32-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647. - 166 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 167. C Sharp Programming interface C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The interface keyword is used to declare a interface. Interfaces provide a construct for a programmer to create types that can have methods, properties, delegates, events, and indexers declared, but not implemented. - 167 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 168. C Sharp Programming internal C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The internal keyword is an access modifier used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field, method, or property internal to its enclosing assembly. That is, it is only visible within the assembly that implements it. - 168 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 169. C Sharp Programming is C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The is keyword compares an object to a type, and if they're the same or of the same "kind" (the object inherits the type), returns true. The keyword is therefore used to check for type compat- ibility, usually before casting (converting) a source type to a destination type in order to ensure that won't cause a type-cast exception to be thrown. Using is on a null variable always returns false. This code snippet shows a sample usage: System.IO.StreamReader reader = new StreamReader("readme.txt"); bool b = reader System.IO.TextReader; // b is now set to true, because StreamReader inherits TextReader - 169 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 170. C Sharp Programming long C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The long keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Int64. That is, it represents a 64-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 to 9,223,372,036,854,775,807. - 170 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 171. C Sharp Programming namespace C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The "namespace" keyword is used to supply a namespace for class, structure, and type declarations. - 171 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 172. C Sharp Programming new C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The new keyword is an operator that requests a new instance of the class identified by its argument. - 172 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 173. C Sharp Programming null C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The null keyword represents an empty value for a reference type variable, i.e. for a variable of any type derived from System.Object. In C# 2.0, null also represents the empty value for nul- lable value type variables. - 173 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 174. C Sharp Programming object C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The object keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Object. That is, it represents the base class from which all other reference types derive. On some platforms, the size of the reference is 32 bits, while on other platforms it is 64 bits. - 174 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 175. C Sharp Programming out C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The out keyword explicitly specifies that a variable should be passed by reference to a method, and set in that method. A variable using this keyword must not be intialized before the method call to ensure the developer understand its intended effects. Using this keyword requires the called method to set the variable using this modifier before returning. Using also requires the developer to specify the keyword even in the calling code, to ensure that it is easily visible to developers reading the code that the variable will have its value changed elsewhere, which is useful when analyzing the program flow. An example of passing a variable with follows: void CallingMethod() { int i; SetDependingOnTime( i); // i is now 10 before/at 12 am, or 20 after } void SetDependingOnTime( int iValue) { iValue = DateTime.Now.Hour <= 12 ? 10 : 20; } - 175 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 176. C Sharp Programming override The keyword override is use in declaring an overridden function, which extends a base class function of the same name. - 176 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 177. C Sharp Programming params C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The keyword params is used to describe when a grouping of parameters are passed to a method, but the number of parameters are not important, as they may vary. Since the number isn't important, The params keyword must be the last variable in a method signature so that the compiler can deal with the parameters which have been defined first, before dealing with the params. Here are examples of where it will, and will not work: //This works public static void AddToShoppingBasket(decimal total, params string[] items) { //.... } //This works public static void AddToShoppingBasket(decimal total, int totalQuantity, params string[] items) { //.... } //THIS DOES NOT WORK <--------------------> public static void AddToShoppingBasket(params string[] items, decimal total, int totalQuantity) { //.... } - 177 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 178. C Sharp Programming A good example of this is the String.Format method. The String.Format method allows a user to pass in a string formatted to their requirements, and then lots of parameters for the values to insert into the string. Here is an example: public static string FormatMyString(string format, params string[] values) { string myFormat = "Date: {0}, Time: {1}, WeekDay: {1}"; return String.Format(myFormat, DateTime.Now.ToShortDateString(), Date- Time.Now.ToShortTimeString(), DateTime.Now.DayOfWeek); } //Output will be something like: // //Date: 7/8/2007, Time: 13:00, WeekDay: Tuesday; // The String.Format method has taken a string, and replaced the {0},{1},{2} with the 1st, 2nd and 3rd parameters. If the params keyword did not exist, then the String.Format() could have an infinite number of overloads to cater for each case. public string Format(string format, string param1) { //..... } public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2) { //..... } public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2, string param3) { //..... } public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2, string param3, string param4) { //..... } public string Format(string format, string param1, string param2, string param3, string param4, string param5) { - 178 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 179. C Sharp Programming //..... } //To infinitum - 179 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 180. C Sharp Programming private C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The private keyword is used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field, method, or property private to its enclosing class. That is, it is not visible outside of its class. - 180 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 181. C Sharp Programming protected C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The protected keyword is used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field, method, or property protected to its enclosing class. That is, it is visible only to its class and the classes that derive from it. - 181 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 182. C Sharp Programming public C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The public keyword is used in field, method, and property declarations to make the field, method, or property public to its enclosing class. That is, it is visible from any class. - 182 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 183. C Sharp Programming readonly C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The readonly keyword is closely related to the const keyword at a glance, with the exception of allowing a variable with this modifier to be initialized in a constructor, along with being associ- ated with a class instance (object) rather than the class itself. The primary use for this keyword is to allow the variable to take on different values depend- ing on which constructor was called, in case the class has many, while still ensuring the developer that it can never intentionally or unintentionally be changed in the code once the object has been created. This is a sample usage, assumed to be in a class called SampleClass: string s; SampleClass() { s = "Hello!"; } - 183 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 184. C Sharp Programming ref C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The ref keyword explicitely specifies that a variable should be passed by reference rather than by value. A developer may wish to pass a variable by reference particularly in case of value types. If a variable is passed by reference, only a pointer is sent to a function in reality, reducing the cost of a method call in case it would involve copying large amounts of data, something C# does when normally passing value types. Another common reason to pass a variable by reference is to let the called method modify its value. Because this is allowed, C# always enforces specifying that a value is passed by refer- ence even in the method call, something many other programming languages don't. This let devel- opers reading the code easily spot places that can imply a type has had its value changed in a method, which is useful when analyzing the program flow. Passing a value by reference does not imply that the called method has to modify the value; see the out keyword for this. Passing by reference requires the passed variable to be initialized. An example of passing a variable by reference follows: void CallingMethod() { int i = 24; if (DoubleIfEven( i)) Console.WriteLine("i was doubled to {0}", i); // outputs "i was doubled to 48" } - 184 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 185. C Sharp Programming bool DoubleIfEven( int iValue) { if (iValue % 2 == 0) { iValue *= 2; return true; } return false; } - 185 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 186. C Sharp Programming return C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The return keyword is used to return execution from a method or from a property accessor. If the method or property accessor has a return type, the return keyword is followed by the value to return. - 186 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 187. C Sharp Programming sbyte C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The sbyte keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.SByte. That is, it represents an 8-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -128 to 127. - 187 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 188. C Sharp Programming sealed C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The sealed keyword is used to specify that a class cannot be inherited from. The following example shows the context in which it may be used: public class { ... } - 188 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 189. C Sharp Programming short C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The short keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.Int16. That is, it represents a 16-bit signed integer whose value ranges from -32,768 to 32,767. - 189 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 190. C Sharp Programming sizeof C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The sizeof keyword returns how many bytes an object requires to be stored. An example usage: int i = 123456; Console.WriteLine("Storing i, a {0}, requires {1} bytes, or {2} bits.", i.GetType(), (i), (i) * 8); // outputs "Storing i, a System.Int32, requires 4 bytes, or 32 bits." - 190 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 191. C Sharp Programming stackalloc The keyword stackalloc is used in an unsafe code context to allocate a block of memory on the stack. int* fib = stackalloc int[100]; In the example above, a block of memory of sufficient size to contain 100 elements of type int is allocated on the stack, not the heap; the address of the block is stored in the pointer fib. This memory is not subject to garbage collection and therefore does not have to be pinned (via fixed). The lifetime of the memory block is limited to the lifetime of the method in which it is defined (there is no way to free the memory before the method returns). stackalloc is only valid in local variable initializers. Because Pointer types are involved, stackalloc requires unsafe context. See Unsafe Code and Pointers. stackalloc is similar to _alloca in the C run-time library. Note* - From MSDN - 191 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 192. C Sharp Programming static C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The static keyword is used to declare a class or a class member (method, property, field, or variable) as static. A class that is declared static has only static members. A class member that is declared static is associated with the entire class instead of class instances. - 192 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 193. C Sharp Programming string C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The string keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for System.String. That is, it indicates an immutable sequence of characters. - 193 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 194. C Sharp Programming struct C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The struct keyword declares a structure, i.e. a value type that functions as a light-weight class. - 194 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 195. C Sharp Programming switch C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The switch statement is a control statement that handles multiple selections and enumera- tions by passing control to one of the case statements within its body. This is an example of a switch statement: int currentAge = 18; currentAge { case 16: Console.WriteLine("You can drive!") break; case 18: Console.WriteLine("You're finally an adult!"); break; default: Console.WriteLine("Nothing exciting happened this year."); break; } Console Output You're finally an adult! - 195 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 196. C Sharp Programming this C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The this keyword is used in an instance method or instance property to reference the current instance of class. That is, this refers to the object through which its containing method or property was invoked. - 196 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 197. C Sharp Programming throw C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The throw keyword is used throw an exception object. - 197 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 198. C Sharp Programming true C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The true keyword is a boolean constant value. Therefore while(true) would create an infinite loop. - 198 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 199. C Sharp Programming try C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The try keyword is used to identify a statement or statement block as the body of an excep- tion handling sequence. The body of the exception handling sequence must be followed by a catch clause, a finally clause, or both. - 199 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 200. C Sharp Programming typeof C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The typeof keyword returns an instance of the System.Type class when passed a name of a class. It is similar to the sizeof keyword in that it returns a value instead of starting a section (block) of code (see if, while, try). An example: using System; namespace MyNamespace { class MyClass { static void Main(string[] args) { Type t = typeof(int); Console.Out.WriteLine(t.ToString()); Console.In.Read(); } } } The output will be: System.Int32 - 200 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 201. C Sharp Programming It should be noted that unlike sizeof, only class names themselves and not variables can be passed to typeof, as shown here: using System; namespace MyNamespace { class MyClass2 { static void Main(string[] args) { char ch; // This line will cause compilation to fail Type t = typeof(ch); Console.Out.WriteLine(t.ToString()); Console.In.Read(); } } } Sometimes, classes will include their own GetType() method that will be similar, if not identical, to typeof. - 201 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 202. C Sharp Programming uint C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The uint keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.UInt32. That is, it represents a 32-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 4,294,967,295. - 202 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 203. C Sharp Programming ulong C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The ulong keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.UInt64. That is, it represents a 64-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 18,446,744,073,709,551,615. - 203 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 204. C Sharp Programming unchecked C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The unchecked keyword prevents overflow-checking when doing integer arithmetic. It may be used as an operator on a single expression or as a statement on a whole block of code. int x, y, z; x = 1222111000; y = 1222111000; // used as an operator z = unchecked( x * y ); // used as a statement unchecked { z = x * y; x = z * z; } - 204 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 205. C Sharp Programming unsafe C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The unsafe keyword may be used to modify a procedure or define a block of code which uses unsafe code. Code is unsafe if it uses the "address of" operator(&) or if it uses a pointer operator (*). In order for the compiler to compile code containing this keyword, you must use the /unsafe option when using the Microsoft C-Sharp Compiler. // example of unsafe to modify a procedure class MyClass { unsafe static void(string *msg) { Console.WriteLine(*msg) } } // example of unsafe to modify a code block string s = "hello"; unsafe { char *cp = &s[2]; *cp = 'a'; } - 205 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 206. C Sharp Programming ushort C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The ushort keyword is used in field, method, property, and variable declarations and in cast and typeof operations as an alias for the .NET Framework structure System.UInt16. That is, it represents a 16-bit unsigned integer whose value ranges from 0 to 65,535. - 206 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 207. C Sharp Programming using C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The using keyword has two completely unrelated meanings in C#, depending on if it is used as a directive or a statement. The directive using as a directive resolves unqualified type references so a developer doesn't have to specify the complete namespace. Example: using System; // A developer can now type Console.WriteLine(); rather than System.Con- sole.WriteLine(). using can also provide a namespace alias for referencing types. Example: using Utils = Company.Application.Utilities; - 207 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 208. C Sharp Programming The statement using as a statement with a scope specifies an object's lifetime. At the end of the scope, the object's destructor will be run and the C# garbage collector will free its allocated resources. Example: using (System.IO.StreamReader reader = new StreamReader("readme.txt")) { // read from the file } // reader is now destroyed, its file handle freed, and an unknown variable again - 208 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 209. C Sharp Programming virtual The keyword virtual is applied to a method declaration to indicate that the method may be overridden in a subclass. If the virtual keyword is not applied and a method is defined in a sub- class with the same signature as the one in the parent class, the method in the parent class is hidden by the subclass implementation. - 209 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 210. C Sharp Programming void C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The void keyword is used in method signatures to declare a method that does not return a value. A method declared with the void return type cannot provide any arguments to any return statements they contain. Example: public void WorkRepeatedly(int numberOfTimes) { for(int i=0; i<numberOfTimes; i++) if(EarlyTerminationIsRequested) return; else DoWork(); } - 210 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 211. C Sharp Programming volatile C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The volatile keyword is used to declare a variable which may change its value over time due to modification by an outside process, the system hardware, or another concurrently running thread. You should use this modifier in your member variable declaration to ensure that whenver the value is read, you are always getting the most recent (up-to-date) value of the variable. class MyClass { public volatile long systemclock; } This keyword has been part of the C# programming language since .NET Framework 1.1 (Visual Studio 2003). - 211 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 212. C Sharp Programming while C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The while keyword identifies a while loop. - 212 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 213. C Sharp Programming alias It can sometimes be necessary to reference two versions of assemblies that have the same fully-qualified type names, for example when you need to use two or more versions of an assem- bly in the same application. By using an external assembly alias, the namespaces from each assem- bly can be wrapped inside root-level namespaces named by the alias, allowing them to be used in the same file. To reference two assemblies with the same fully-qualified type names, an alias must be specified on the command line, as follows: /r:GridV1=grid.dll /r:GridV2=grid20.dll This creates the external aliases GridV1 and GridV2. To use these aliases from within a program, reference them using the extern keyword. For example: extern alias GridV1; extern alias GridV2; Each extern alias declaration introduces an additional root-level namespace that parallels (but does not lie within) the global namespace. Thus types from each assembly can be referred to without ambiguity using their fully qualified name, rooted in the appropriate namespace-alias In the above example, GridV1::Grid would be the grid control from grid.dll, and GridV2::Grid would be the grid control from grid20.dll. - 213 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 214. C Sharp Programming get C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The special identifier get is used to declare the read accessor for a property. - 214 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 215. C Sharp Programming partial C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The special identifier partial is used to allow developers to build classes from different files and have the compiler generate one class (combining all the partial classes). This is mostly useful for separating classes into separate blocks. For example, Visual Studio 2005 separates the UI code for forms into a separate partial class which allows you to work on the business logic sepa- rately. - 215 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 216. C Sharp Programming set C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The special identifier set is used to declare the write accessor for a property. - 216 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 217. C Sharp Programming value C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The special identifier value is used in a property's write accessor to represent the value re- quested for assignment to the property. - 217 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 218. C Sharp Programming yield C# Programming Cover | Introduction | Basics | Classes | The .NET Framework | Advanced Topics | Index C sharp musical note The yield keyword returns the next value from an iterator or ends an iteration. See Using yield. - 218 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 219. C Sharp Programming GNU Free Documentation License Version 1.2, November 2002 Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. - 219 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 220. C Sharp Programming A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. - 220 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 221. C Sharp Programming The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. - 221 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 222. C Sharp Programming If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. - 222 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 223. C Sharp Programming F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. - 223 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 224. C Sharp Programming You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements." 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. - 224 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 225. C Sharp Programming 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE - 225 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter
  • 226. C Sharp Programming The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. - 226 - by , XML to PDF XSL-FO Formatter